FC: add test FW for STM32

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,764 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
+         (+) Common HAL APIs
+         (+) Services HAL APIs
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * @brief STM32L4xx HAL Driver version number
+   */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x0DU) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x03U) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00U) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION        ((STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN  << 24U)\
+                                      |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
+                                      |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U)\
+                                      |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#if defined(VREFBUF)
+#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE     10U   /* 10 ms (to be confirmed) */
+#endif /* VREFBUF */
+
+/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region ------------ */
+#define SYSCFG_OFFSET             (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+/* ---  MEMRMP Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of FB_MODE bit */
+#define MEMRMP_OFFSET             SYSCFG_OFFSET
+#define FB_MODE_BitNumber         8U
+#define FB_MODE_BB                (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (FB_MODE_BitNumber * 4U))
+
+/* --- SCSR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of SRAM2ER bit */
+#define SCSR_OFFSET               (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18U)
+#define BRER_BitNumber            0U
+#define SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB           (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SCSR_OFFSET * 32U) + (BRER_BitNumber * 4U))
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid priority */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT;  /* 1KHz */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial time base
+          clock configuration.
+      (+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
+      (+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+          Tick interrupt priority.
+        (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
+            ISR process will be blocked.
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Flash prefetch, the Instruction and Data caches,
+  *         the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware
+  *         by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file
+  *         stm32l4xx_hal_msp.c.
+  *
+  * @note   HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
+  *         the clock configuration.
+  *
+  * @note   In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base.
+  *         The Systick configuration is based on MSI clock, as MSI is the clock
+  *         used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4.
+  *         Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented
+  *         each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
+  /* Default configuration at reset is:                      */
+  /* - Prefetch disabled                                     */
+  /* - Instruction cache enabled                             */
+  /* - Data cache enabled                                    */
+#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
+   __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
+   __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+  /* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
+  if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_MspInit();
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief De-initialize common part of the HAL and stop the source of time base.
+  * @note This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
+  *        The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+  *        Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
+  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
+  *       The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
+  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *       The function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority  Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that doesn't take the value zero)*/
+  if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
+  {
+    /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+    if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+      if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+      {
+        HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+        uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
+ *  @brief    HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
+  *        used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *       in SysTick ISR.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *      implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Provide a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function returns a tick priority.
+  * @retval tick priority
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
+{
+  return uwTickPrio;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set new tick Freq.
+  * @param Freq tick frequency
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status  = HAL_OK;
+  HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
+
+  if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
+  {
+    /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
+    prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
+
+    /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
+    uwTickFreq = Freq;
+
+    /* Apply the new tick Freq  */
+    status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Restore previous tick frequency */
+      uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return tick frequency.
+  * @retval tick period in Hz
+  */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
+{
+  return uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *        on variable incremented.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *       is incremented.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @param Delay  specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t wait = Delay;
+
+  /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+  if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    wait += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
+  }
+
+  while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is resumed.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL  |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the HAL revision.
+  * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+  return STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the device revision identifier.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+  return((DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the device identifier.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+  return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_DEV_ID);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 HAL Debug functions
+ *  @brief    HAL Debug functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Debug functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4 HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
+ *  @brief    HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation
+      (+) Enable/Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping
+      (+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation.
+  * @note   As long as SRAM2 is not erased the SRAM2ER bit will be set.
+  *         This bit is automatically reset at the end of the SRAM2 erase operation.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2Erase(void)
+{
+  /* unlock the write protection of the SRAM2ER bit */
+  SYSCFG->SKR = 0xCA;
+  SYSCFG->SKR = 0x53;
+  /* Starts a hardware SRAM2 erase operation*/
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB = 0x00000001UL;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
+  *
+  * @note   Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
+  *         and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000001UL;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
+  *
+  * @note   The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000)
+  *         and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000000UL;
+}
+
+#if defined(VREFBUF)
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
+  * @param VoltageScaling  specifies the output voltage to achieve
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0: VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V.
+  *                                                This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: VREF_OUT2 around 2.5 V.
+  *                                                This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
+  * @param Mode  specifies the high impedance mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE: VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output.
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE: VREF+ pin is high impedance.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+  * @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
+{
+  uint32_t  tickstart;
+
+  SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for VRR bit  */
+  while(READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
+}
+#endif /* VREFBUF */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+
+    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+    (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
+    (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+
+     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+        (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
+        (+@) Lowest sub priority
+        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure SysTick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
+
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+
+  The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+  to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+  
+    ==========================================================================================================================
+      NVIC_PriorityGroup   | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority  |       Description
+    ==========================================================================================================================
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0  |                0                  |            0-15             | 0 bit for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 4 bits for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1  |                0-1                |            0-7              | 1 bit for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 3 bits for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2  |                0-3                |            0-3              | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 2 bits for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3  |                0-7                |            0-1              | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 1 bit for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4  |                0-15               |            0                | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 0 bit for subpriority                       
+    ==========================================================================================================================
+
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
+  * the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      SysTick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
+  *         using the required unlock sequence.
+  * @param  PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit  for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit  for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    1 bit  for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    0 bit  for subpriority
+  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @param  PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+  * @param  SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+
+  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick): 
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @param   PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      1 bit for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      0 bit for subpriority
+  * @param  pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  * @param  pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
+  *         and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *          This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Get active interrupt (read the active register in NVIC and return the active bit).
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the MPU.
+  * @param  MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, 
+  *          NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged accessto the default memory 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
+  *            @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
+  *            @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  /* Enable the MPU */
+  MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
+
+  /* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the MPU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
+  __DMB();
+
+  /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
+  MPU->CTRL  = 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
+  * @param  MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the initialization and configuration information.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
+
+  /* Set the Region number */
+  MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
+
+  if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
+
+    MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
+    MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec        << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission   << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField       << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable        << MPU_RASR_S_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable        << MPU_RASR_C_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable       << MPU_RASR_B_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable   << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size               << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable             << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
+    MPU->RASR = 0x00;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+         (+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+         (+) Initialize CRC calculator
+             (++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
+             (++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
+             (++) specify input data format
+             (++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
+         (+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+             input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
+             initialization value
+         (+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+             input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
+             (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC CRC
+  * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
+          in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the CRC according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if (hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+  }
+
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
+   * picked up by user */
+  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
+  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+    MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
+    if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
+   * picked up by user */
+  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
+  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
+  }
+
+
+  /* set input data inversion mode */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
+
+  /* set output data inversion mode */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
+
+  /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
+   * is properly specified by user */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if (hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the CRC peripheral state */
+  if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset CRC calculation unit */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  /* Reset IDR register content */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief    management functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+          using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+
+       [..]  or
+
+      (+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+          independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+  *         starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+  *         type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+  *         number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+  * @note  By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+  *        Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+  *        and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+  *        handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index;      /* CRC input data buffer index */
+  uint32_t temp = 0U;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+  {
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+      /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+      for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+      {
+        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+      }
+      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength);    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return temp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+  *         starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+  *         type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+  *         number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+  * @note  By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+  *        Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+  *        and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+  *        handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index;      /* CRC input data buffer index */
+  uint32_t temp = 0U;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
+  *  written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+  {
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+      /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
+      for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+      {
+        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+      }
+      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+      /* Specific 8-bit input data handling  */
+      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+      /* Specific 16-bit input data handling  */
+      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength);    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return temp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+  *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the CRC handle state.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Return CRC handle state */
+  return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
+  uint16_t data;
+  __IO uint16_t *pReg;
+
+  /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
+   * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
+   * handling by the peripheral */
+  for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
+                         ((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
+                         ((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U)  | \
+                         (uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
+  }
+  /* last bytes specific handling */
+  if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
+  {
+    if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i];         /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+    }
+    if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
+    {
+      data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
+      pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR);                    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      *pReg = data;
+    }
+    if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
+    {
+      data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
+      pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR);                    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      *pReg = data;
+
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U];  /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t i;  /* input data buffer index */
+  __IO uint16_t *pReg;
+
+  /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
+   * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
+   * a correct type handling by the peripheral */
+  for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
+  }
+  if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
+  {
+    pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR);                 /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+    *pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
+  }
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_crc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
+  *          functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+================================================================================
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+    [..]
+         (+) Set user-defined generating polynomial through HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
+         (+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
+  * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Extended configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the generating polynomial
+      (+) Configure the input data inversion
+      (+) Configure the output data inversion
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
+  *         This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
+  *         @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
+  *         @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
+  * @param  PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B  7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B  8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
+
+  /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
+   * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
+   * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
+   * larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
+   * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
+   *  the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
+   *  X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
+  while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
+  {
+  }
+
+  switch (PolyLength)
+  {
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
+      {
+        status =   HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
+      {
+        status =   HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
+      {
+        status =   HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
+      /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
+      break;
+    default:
+      status =  HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* set generating polynomial */
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
+
+    /* set generating polynomial size */
+    MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Reverse Input data mode.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE     no change in bit order (default value)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE     Byte-wise bit reversal
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD     Word-wise bit reversal
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* set input data inversion mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Reverse Output data mode.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE  bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* set output data inversion mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
+  *          functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
+  *
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+     *** Dual mode IO operation ***
+     ==============================
+      (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
+          Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
+          HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in
+          Channel 1 and Channel 2.
+
+     *** Signal generation operation ***
+     ===================================
+      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
+      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
+
+      (+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel.
+      (+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value.
+      (+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting
+          after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used
+          at least one time after reset).
+
+ @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(DAC1)
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
+  * @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    Extended IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion.
+      (+) Stop conversion.
+      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Get result of conversion.
+      (+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @param  Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data  holding register.
+  * @note   In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
+  *          DAC channels at the same time.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
+{
+  uint32_t data;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+
+  /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+  if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
+  }
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+  tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+
+  /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel2.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+#endif  /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx                         */
+        /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
+        /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx                                                             */
+        /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx             */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Run the self calibration of one DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  sConfig DAC channel configuration structure.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   Calibration runs about 7 ms.
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  __IO uint32_t tmp;
+  uint32_t trimmingvalue;
+  uint32_t delta;
+
+  /* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */
+  uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Check the DAC handle allocation */
+ /* Check if DAC running */
+  if (hdac == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+    /* Store configuration */
+    oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+    /* Disable the selected DAC channel */
+    CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+    /* Set mode in MCR  for calibration */
+    MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), 0U);
+
+    /* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */
+    tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+
+#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+    if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+    {
+      tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
+    }
+#endif  /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx                         */
+        /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
+        /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx                                                             */
+        /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx             */
+#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx)
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
+#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800U;
+
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */
+    /* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */
+    SET_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvalue = 16U;
+    delta = 8U;
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+      /* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
+      HAL_Delay(1);
+
+      if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)))
+      {
+        /* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvalue -= delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvalue += delta;
+      }
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    /* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
+    /* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1  */
+    /* Set candidate trimming */
+    MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+    /* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
+    HAL_Delay(1U);
+
+    if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == 0UL)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvalue++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+    }
+
+    /* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */
+    /* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+    sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue;
+    sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
+
+    /* Restore configuration */
+    MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), oldmodeconfiguration);
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied).
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  sConfig DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  NewTrimmingValue DAC new trimming value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel,
+                                            uint32_t NewTrimmingValue)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue));
+
+ /* Check the DAC handle allocation */
+  if (hdac == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+    /* Set new trimming */
+    MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (NewTrimmingValue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
+
+    /* Update trimming mode */
+    sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
+    sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue;
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DAC trimming value.
+  * @param  hdac DAC handle
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31
+  *
+ */
+
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+    /* Retrieve trimming  */
+  return ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) >> (Channel & 0x10UL));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
+
+  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif  /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx                         */
+        /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
+        /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx                                                             */
+        /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx             */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
+ *  @brief    Extended private functions
+   * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#else
+  HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+  /* Conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#else
+  HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#else
+  HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif  /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx                         */
+        /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
+        /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx                                                             */
+        /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx             */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DAC1 */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DFSDM Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionality of the DFSDM Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Set and get pulses skipping on channel.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx)
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDMEx DFSDMEx
+  * @brief DFSDM Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDMEx_Exported_Functions DFSDM Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DFSDMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1_Channel Extended channel operation functions
+  * @brief    DFSDM extended channel operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+               ##### Extended channel operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Set and get value of pulses skipping on channel
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set value of pulses skipping.
+  * @param  hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+  * @param  PulsesValue Value of pulses to be skipped.
+  *         This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 63.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFDSMEx_ChannelSetPulsesSkipping(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t PulsesValue)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check pulses value */
+  assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SKIPPING_VALUE(PulsesValue));
+
+  /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+  if (hdfsdm_channel->State == HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set new value of pulses skipping */
+    hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHDLYR = (PulsesValue & DFSDM_CHDLYR_PLSSKP);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get value of pulses skipping.
+  * @param  hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
+  * @param  PulsesValue Value of pulses to be skipped.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFDSMEx_ChannelGetPulsesSkipping(const DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t *PulsesValue)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check DFSDM channel state */
+  if (hdfsdm_channel->State == HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Get value of remaining pulses to be skipped */
+    *PulsesValue = (hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHDLYR & DFSDM_CHDLYR_PLSSKP);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx || STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA Extension HAL module driver
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *         functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+   (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
+   (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
+       Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
+       to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
+
+   (+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function  HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
+       the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
+       As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
+       called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
+      (exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
+
+     -@-  In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
+     -@-  When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
+     -@-  In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
+          the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_CM0ARx or DMA_CM1ARx) when the channel is enabled.
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
+  * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
+ *  @brief   Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                #####  Extended features functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+    (+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
+    (+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
+       Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
+       to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @param  pSyncConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef : contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
+
+  /*Check if the DMA state is ready */
+  if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
+    MODIFY_REG( hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
+               (~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID) , \
+               ((pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID) << DMAMUX_CxCR_SYNC_ID_Pos) | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
+               pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
+                 ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos));
+
+    /* Process UnLocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /*DMA State not Ready*/
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @param  pRequestGeneratorConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef :
+  *         contains the request generator parameters.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
+
+  /* check if the DMA state is ready
+     and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+  */
+  if((hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Set the request generator new parameters */
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
+                                  ((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos)| \
+                                  pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
+   /* Process UnLocked */
+   __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+   return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+   return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* check if the DMA state is ready
+     and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+  */
+  if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
+  {
+
+    /* Enable the request generator*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
+
+   return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+   return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* check if the DMA state is ready
+     and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+  */
+  if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
+  {
+
+    /* Disable the request generator*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
+  if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
+
+    if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer error callback */
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
+  {
+   /* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
+    if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+      /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
+
+      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error callback */
+        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
+
+    (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
+        (++) Interrupt
+        (++) Event
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
+        (++) Rising
+        (++) Falling
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
+        interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
+        occurs:
+        (++) Rising edge pending interrupt
+        (++) Falling
+
+    (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
+        be selected through multiplexer.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+
+    (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
+        (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
+             "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
+             member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+
+    (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
+        HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+        (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
+
+    (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+
+    (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
+        (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
+             EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
+        (++) Provide callback function pointer.
+
+    (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
+
+  @endverbatim
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
+  * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
+  * of bounds [0,3] in following API :
+  * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET                    0x08u   /* 0x20: offset between MCU IMR/EMR registers */
+#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET                  0x08u   /* 0x20: offset between MCU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief    Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
+
+  /* Assign line number to handle */
+  hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure rising trigger */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      regval |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      regval &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Store rising trigger mode */
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Configure falling trigger */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      regval |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      regval &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Store falling trigger mode */
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regval |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    regval &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Store interrupt mode */
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* The event mode cannot be configured if the line does not support it */
+  assert_param(((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_EVENT) == EXTI_EVENT) || ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != EXTI_MODE_EVENT));
+
+  /* Configure event mode : read current mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regval |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    regval &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Store event mode */
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
+  pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Get event mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
+  }
+
+  /* Get default Trigger and GPIOSel configuration */
+  pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+  pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+
+  /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
+    }
+
+    /* Get falling configuration */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+    }
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* 2] Clear event mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
+  if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  CallbackID User callback identifier.
+  *         This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
+  * @param  pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  switch (CallbackID)
+  {
+    case  HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
+      hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Store line number as handle private field.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  ExtiLine Exti line number.
+  *         This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Store line number as handle private field */
+    hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief EXTI IO functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval none.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending bit  */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
+
+  if (regval != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Clear pending bit */
+    *regaddr = maskline;
+
+    /* Call callback */
+    if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hexti->PendingCallback();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Get pending bit */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+  /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
+  regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
+  return regval;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending register address */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+  /* Clear Pending bit */
+  *regaddr =  maskline;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  *regaddr = maskline;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_firewall.c

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_firewall.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FIREWALL HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the Firewall
+  *          Peripheral initialization and enabling.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The FIREWALL HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a FIREWALL_InitTypeDef initialization structure.
+
+    (#) Resort to HAL_FIREWALL_Config() API to initialize the Firewall
+
+    (#) Enable the FIREWALL in calling HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall() API
+
+    (#) To ensure that any code executed outside the protected segment closes the
+        FIREWALL, the user must set the flag FIREWALL_PRE_ARM_SET in calling
+        __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro if called within a protected code segment
+        or
+        HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API if called outside of protected code segment
+        after HAL_FIREWALL_Config() call.
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FIREWALL FIREWALL
+  * @brief HAL FIREWALL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_FIREWALL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup FIREWALL_Exported_Functions FIREWALL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FIREWALL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization Functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides the functions allowing to initialize the Firewall.
+    Initialization is done by HAL_FIREWALL_Config():
+
+      (+) Enable the Firewall clock through __HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+
+      (+) Set the protected code segment address start and length.
+
+      (+) Set the protected non-volatile and/or volatile data segments
+          address starts and lengths if applicable.
+
+      (+) Set the volatile data segment execution and sharing status.
+
+      (+) Length must be set to 0 for an unprotected segment.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the Firewall according to the FIREWALL_InitTypeDef structure parameters.
+  * @param fw_init: Firewall initialization structure
+  * @note  The API returns HAL_ERROR if the Firewall is already enabled.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FIREWALL_Config(FIREWALL_InitTypeDef * fw_init)
+{
+  /* Check the Firewall initialization structure allocation */
+  if(fw_init == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable Firewall clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Make sure that Firewall is not enabled already */
+  if (__HAL_FIREWALL_IS_ENABLED() != RESET)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check Firewall configuration addresses and lengths when segment is protected */
+  /* Code segment */
+  if (fw_init->CodeSegmentLength != 0U)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_CODE_SEGMENT_ADDRESS(fw_init->CodeSegmentStartAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_CODE_SEGMENT_LENGTH(fw_init->CodeSegmentStartAddress, fw_init->CodeSegmentLength));
+    /* Make sure that NonVDataSegmentLength is properly set to prevent code segment access */
+    if (fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength < 0x100U)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Non volatile data segment */
+  if (fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength != 0U)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_NONVOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_ADDRESS(fw_init->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_NONVOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_LENGTH(fw_init->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress, fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength));
+  }
+  /* Volatile data segment */
+  if (fw_init->VDataSegmentLength != 0U)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_ADDRESS(fw_init->VDataSegmentStartAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_LENGTH(fw_init->VDataSegmentStartAddress, fw_init->VDataSegmentLength));
+  }
+
+  /* Check Firewall Configuration Register parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_EXECUTE(fw_init->VolatileDataExecution));
+  assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SHARE(fw_init->VolatileDataShared));
+
+
+   /* Configuration */
+
+  /* Protected code segment start address configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->CSSA, (FW_CSSA_ADD & fw_init->CodeSegmentStartAddress));
+	/* Protected code segment length configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->CSL, (FW_CSL_LENG & fw_init->CodeSegmentLength));
+
+  /* Protected non volatile data segment start address configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSSA, (FW_NVDSSA_ADD & fw_init->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress));
+	/* Protected non volatile data segment length configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSL, (FW_NVDSL_LENG & fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength));
+
+  /* Protected volatile data segment start address configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->VDSSA, (FW_VDSSA_ADD & fw_init->VDataSegmentStartAddress));
+	/* Protected volatile data segment length configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->VDSL, (FW_VDSL_LENG & fw_init->VDataSegmentLength));
+
+  /* Set Firewall Configuration Register VDE and VDS bits
+     (volatile data execution and shared configuration) */
+  MODIFY_REG(FIREWALL->CR, FW_CR_VDS|FW_CR_VDE, fw_init->VolatileDataExecution|fw_init->VolatileDataShared);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Retrieve the Firewall configuration.
+  * @param fw_config: Firewall configuration, type is same as initialization structure
+  * @note This API can't be executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall
+  *       when the Firewall is enabled
+  * @note If NVDSL register is different from 0, that is, if the non volatile data segment
+  *       is defined, this API can't be executed when the Firewall is enabled.
+  * @note User should resort to __HAL_FIREWALL_GET_PREARM() macro to retrieve FPA bit status
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FIREWALL_GetConfig(FIREWALL_InitTypeDef * fw_config)
+{
+
+  /* Enable Firewall clock, in case no Firewall configuration has been carried
+     out up to this point */
+  __HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Retrieve code segment protection setting */
+  fw_config->CodeSegmentStartAddress = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CSSA) & FW_CSSA_ADD);
+  fw_config->CodeSegmentLength = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CSL) & FW_CSL_LENG);
+
+  /* Retrieve non volatile data segment protection setting */
+  fw_config->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSSA) & FW_NVDSSA_ADD);
+  fw_config->NonVDataSegmentLength = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSL) & FW_NVDSL_LENG);
+
+  /* Retrieve volatile data segment protection setting */
+  fw_config->VDataSegmentStartAddress = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->VDSSA) & FW_VDSSA_ADD);
+  fw_config->VDataSegmentLength = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->VDSL) & FW_VDSL_LENG);
+
+  /* Retrieve volatile data execution setting */
+  fw_config->VolatileDataExecution = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CR) & FW_CR_VDE);
+
+  /* Retrieve volatile data shared setting */
+  fw_config->VolatileDataShared = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CR) & FW_CR_VDS);
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable FIREWALL.
+  * @note Firewall is enabled in clearing FWDIS bit of SYSCFG CFGR1 register.
+  *       Once enabled, the Firewall cannot be disabled by software. Only a
+  *       system reset can set again FWDIS bit.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall(void)
+{
+  /* Clears FWDIS bit of SYSCFG CFGR1 register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_FWDIS);
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable FIREWALL pre arm.
+  * @note When FPA bit is set, any code executed outside the protected segment
+  *       will close the Firewall.
+  * @note This API provides the same service as __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro
+  *       but can't be executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall.
+  * @note When the Firewall is disabled, user can resort to HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API any time.
+  * @note When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is equal to 0 (that is,
+  *       when the non volatile data segment is not defined),
+  *        **  this API can be executed when the Firewall is closed
+  *        **  when the Firewall is opened, user should resort to
+  *            __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro instead
+  * @note When the Firewall is enabled and  NVDSL register is different from 0
+  *       (that is, when the non volatile data segment is defined)
+  *       **  FW_CR register can be accessed only when the Firewall is opened:
+  *           user should resort to  __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro instead.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag(void)
+{
+  /* Set FPA bit */
+  SET_BIT(FIREWALL->CR, FW_CR_FPA);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable FIREWALL pre arm.
+  * @note When FPA bit is reset, any code executed outside the protected segment
+  *       when the Firewall is opened will generate a system reset.
+  * @note This API provides the same service as __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro
+  *       but can't be executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall.
+  * @note When the Firewall is disabled, user can resort to HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API any time.
+  * @note When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is equal to 0 (that is,
+  *       when the non volatile data segment is not defined),
+  *        **  this API can be executed when the Firewall is closed
+  *        **  when the Firewall is opened, user should resort to
+  *            __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro instead
+  * @note When the Firewall is enabled and  NVDSL register is different from 0
+  *       (that is, when the non volatile data segment is defined)
+  *       **  FW_CR register can be accessed only when the Firewall is opened:
+  *           user should resort to  __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro instead.
+
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePreArmFlag(void)
+{
+  /* Clear FPA bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(FIREWALL->CR, FW_CR_FPA);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FIREWALL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,764 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral Errors functions
+  *
+ @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+       prefetch and cache lines.
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Option bytes programming
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code
+      (+) 8 cache lines of 4*64 bits on D-Code
+      (+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
+          (8 bits added per double word)
+
+
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
+      memory of all STM32L4xx devices.
+
+      (#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+           (++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
+           (++) There Two modes of programming :
+            (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
+            (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
+
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
+           (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
+           (++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
+                HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
+                HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
+           (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
+
+      (#) Option bytes management functions :
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
+           (++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_Launch() function.
+                In this case, a reset is generated
+
+    [..]
+      In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+      to handle the following operations:
+       (+) Set the latency
+       (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+       (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
+       (+) Monitor the Flash flags status
+
+ @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
+  * the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW  64
+#else
+#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW  32
+#endif
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+  * @brief  Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
+  */
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
+                               .ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
+                               .ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE, \
+                               .Address = 0U, \
+                               .Bank = FLASH_BANK_1, \
+                               .Page = 0U, \
+                               .NbPagesToErase = 0U, \
+                               .CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED};
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void          FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+static void          FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
+ *  @brief   Programming operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
+    program operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address  specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed
+  *                This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
+  *                are stored the data for the row fast program
+  *
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+  uint32_t prog_bit = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable data cache  */
+      __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+    }
+
+    if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
+    {
+      /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+      FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+      prog_bit = FLASH_CR_PG;
+    }
+    else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
+    {
+      /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+      FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
+
+      /* If it is the last row, the bit will be cleared at the end of the operation */
+      if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
+      {
+        prog_bit = FLASH_CR_FSTPG;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
+    if (prog_bit != 0U)
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, prog_bit);
+    }
+
+    /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+    FLASH_FlushCaches();
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address  specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed
+  *                This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
+  *                are stored the data for the row fast program
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable data cache  */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+    pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+  }
+
+  /* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
+  }
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+
+  /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
+  {
+    /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+    FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+  }
+  else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
+  {
+    /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+    FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_page;
+  uint32_t error;
+  FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef procedure;
+
+  /* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PNB, MER1, MER2 and PER Bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB));
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2);
+#endif
+
+  /* Disable the FSTPG Bit only if it is the last row programmed */
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+  error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
+
+  if (error !=0U)
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
+
+    /* Clear error programming flags */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
+
+    /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+    FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
+    if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
+    {
+       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Page);
+    }
+    else if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
+    {
+        HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+    }
+    else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
+            (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
+    {
+       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(0U);
+    }
+
+    /*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
+    {
+      /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+      pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
+
+      /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
+      if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Indicate user which page has been erased*/
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
+
+        /* Increment page number */
+        pFlash.Page++;
+        tmp_page = pFlash.Page;
+        FLASH_PageErase(tmp_page, pFlash.Bank);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* No more pages to Erase */
+        /* Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure */
+        pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+        pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+
+        /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+        FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+      FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+      procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
+      if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
+      {
+        /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+      }
+      else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
+              (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
+      {
+        /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+      }
+
+      /*Clear the procedure ongoing*/
+      pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                  Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+  *                  Page Erase: Page which has been erased
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+  *                  Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+  *                 Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
+  *                 Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+
+    /* Verify Flash is unlocked */
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH control register access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE: No error set
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP: FLASH Operation error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG: FLASH Programming error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protection error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming alignment error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ: FLASH Size error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming sequence error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS: FLASH Fast programming data miss error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST: FLASH Fast programming error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH PCROP read error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option validity error
+  *            @arg FLASH_FLAG_PEMPTY : FLASH Boot from not programmed flash (apply only for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t error;
+
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
+
+  if(error != 0u)
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
+
+    /* Clear error programming flags */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Set PG bit */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+  /* Program first word */
+  *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
+
+  /* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
+    (independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
+  __ISB();
+
+  /* Program second word */
+  *(__IO uint32_t*)(Address+4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fast program a row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  DataAddress specifies the address where the data are stored.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
+{
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  uint8_t row_index = (2*FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW);
+  __IO uint32_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)Address;
+  __IO uint32_t *src_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)DataAddress;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Set FSTPG bit */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
+
+  /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during the loop */
+  primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+  __disable_irq();
+
+  /* Program the double word of the row */
+  do
+  {
+    *dest_addr = *src_addr;
+    dest_addr++;
+    src_addr++;
+    row_index--;
+  } while (row_index != 0U);
+
+  /* Re-enable the interrupts */
+  __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
+  *          This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be
+  *          executed from internal SRAM
+  *            + FLASH HalfPage Programming
+  *            + FLASH Power Down in Run mode
+  *
+  *  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Flash RAM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    *** ARM Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+         Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate
+         source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
+         the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+         Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
+         Options for Target' dialog.
+
+    *** ICCARM Compiler ***
+    -----------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+
+    *** GNU Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+         "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
+  * the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC
+  * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH in RAM function Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### ramfunc functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Enable the Power down in Run Mode
+  * @note    This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+  __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE();
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Disable the Power down in Run Mode
+  * @note    This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+  __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE();
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Program the FLASH DBANK User Option Byte.
+  *
+  * @note   To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must
+  *         be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+  * @note   To modify the DBANK option byte, no PCROP region should be defined.
+  *         To deactivate PCROP, user should perform RDP changing
+  *
+  * @param  DBankConfig The FLASH DBANK User Option Byte value.
+  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_DBANK_128_BITS: Single-bank with 128-bits data
+  *            @arg OB_DBANK_64_BITS: Dual-bank with 64-bits data
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DBankConfig(uint32_t DBankConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t count, reg;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check if the PCROP is disabled */
+  reg = FLASH->PCROP1SR;
+  if (reg > FLASH->PCROP1ER)
+  {
+    reg = FLASH->PCROP2SR;
+    if (reg > FLASH->PCROP2ER)
+    {
+      /* Disable Flash prefetch */
+      __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE();
+
+      if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable Flash instruction cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Flush Flash instruction cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET();
+      }
+
+      if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable Flash data cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Flush Flash data cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET();
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 1st bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP1AR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END), FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 1st bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP1BR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END), FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 2nd bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP2AR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END), FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 2nd bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP2BR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END), FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Modify the DBANK user option byte */
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK, DBankConfig);
+
+      /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      /* 8 is the number of required instruction cycles for the below loop statement (timeout expressed in ms) */
+      count = FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U);
+      do
+      {
+        if (count == 0U)
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+        count--;
+      } while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET);
+
+      /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+      /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gfxmmu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,769 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_gfxmmu.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Graphic MMU (GFXMMU) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and De-initialization.
+  *           + LUT configuration.
+  *           + Modify physical buffer addresses.
+  *           + Error management.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    *** Initialization ***
+    ======================
+    [..]
+      (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit() :
+        (++) Enable GFXMMU clock interface with __HAL_RCC_GFXMMU_CLK_ENABLE().
+        (++) If interrupts are used, enable and configure GFXMMU global
+            interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+      (#) Configure the number of blocks per line, default value, physical 
+          buffer addresses and interrupts using the HAL_GFXMMU_Init() function.
+
+    *** LUT configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_DisableLutLines() to deactivate all LUT lines (or a
+          range of lines).
+      (#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLut() to copy LUT from flash to look up RAM.
+      (#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLutLine() to configure one line of LUT.
+
+    *** Modify physical buffer addresses ***
+    =======================================
+    [..]    
+      (#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_ModifyBuffers() to modify physical buffer addresses.
+
+    *** Error management ***
+    ========================
+    [..]
+      (#) If interrupts are used, HAL_GFXMMU_IRQHandler() will be called when
+          an error occurs. This function will call HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback().
+          Use HAL_GFXMMU_GetError() to get the error code.
+
+    *** De-initialization ***
+    =========================
+    [..]    
+      (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit() :
+        (++) Disable GFXMMU clock interface with __HAL_RCC_GFXMMU_CLK_ENABLE().
+        (++) If interrupts has been used, disable GFXMMU global interrupt with
+             HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ().
+      (#) De-initialize GFXMMU using the HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit() function.
+
+    *** Callback registration ***
+    =============================
+    [..]
+    The compilation define USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+    allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+    Use functions HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+
+    [..]
+    Function HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+      (+) ErrorCallback      : GFXMMU error.
+      (+) MspInitCallback    : GFXMMU MspInit.
+      (+) MspDeInitCallback  : GFXMMU MspDeInit.
+    [..]
+    This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the callback ID
+    and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+    [..]
+    Use function HAL_GFXMMU_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+    weak (surcharged) function.
+    HAL_GFXMMU_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+    and the callback ID.
+    [..]
+    This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+      (+) ErrorCallback      : GFXMMU error.
+      (+) MspInitCallback    : GFXMMU MspInit.
+      (+) MspDeInitCallback  : GFXMMU MspDeInit.
+
+    [..]
+    By default, after the HAL_GFXMMU_Init and if the state is HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET
+    all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
+    examples HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback().
+    Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
+    reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_GFXMMU_Init
+    and HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+    If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_GFXMMU_Init and HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit
+    keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+    [..]
+    Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
+    Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+    in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
+    during the Init/DeInit.
+    In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+    using HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback before calling HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit
+    or HAL_GFXMMU_Init function.
+
+    [..]
+    When the compilation define USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+    not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+    and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_GFXMMU_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined(GFXMMU)
+/** @defgroup GFXMMU GFXMMU
+  * @brief GFXMMU HAL driver module
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define GFXMMU_LUTXL_FVB_OFFSET     8U
+#define GFXMMU_LUTXL_LVB_OFFSET     16U
+#define GFXMMU_CR_ITS_MASK          0x1FU
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions GFXMMU Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the GFXMMU.
+      (+) De-initialize the GFXMMU.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the GFXMMU according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         GFXMMU_InitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_Init(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check GFXMMU handle */
+  if(hgfxmmu == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BLOCKS_PER_LINE(hgfxmmu->Init.BlocksPerLine));
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf0Address));
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf1Address));
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf2Address));
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf3Address));
+    assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.Activation));
+    
+#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset callback pointers to the weak predefined callbacks */
+    hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback;
+
+    /* Call GFXMMU MSP init function */
+    if(hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit;
+    }
+    hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback(hgfxmmu);
+#else
+    /* Call GFXMMU MSP init function */
+    HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit(hgfxmmu);
+#endif
+    
+    /* Configure blocks per line and interrupts parameters on GFXMMU_CR register */
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->CR &= ~(GFXMMU_CR_B0OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B1OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B2OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B3OIE |
+                               GFXMMU_CR_AMEIE | GFXMMU_CR_192BM);
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->CR |= (hgfxmmu->Init.BlocksPerLine);
+    if(hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.Activation == ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_INTERRUPTS(hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.UsedInterrupts));
+      hgfxmmu->Instance->CR |= hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.UsedInterrupts;
+    }
+    
+    /* Configure default value on GFXMMU_DVR register */
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->DVR = hgfxmmu->Init.DefaultValue;
+    
+    /* Configure physical buffer addresses on GFXMMU_BxCR registers */
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B0CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf0Address;
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B1CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf1Address;
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B2CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf2Address;
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B3CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf3Address;
+    
+    /* Reset GFXMMU error code */
+    hgfxmmu->ErrorCode = GFXMMU_ERROR_NONE;
+    
+    /* Set GFXMMU to ready state */
+    hgfxmmu->State = HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the GFXMMU.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check GFXMMU handle */
+  if(hgfxmmu == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
+    
+    /* Disable all interrupts on GFXMMU_CR register */
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->CR &= ~(GFXMMU_CR_B0OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B1OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B2OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B3OIE |
+                               GFXMMU_CR_AMEIE);
+    
+    /* Call GFXMMU MSP de-init function */
+#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    if(hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit;
+    }
+    hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback(hgfxmmu);
+#else
+    HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit(hgfxmmu);
+#endif
+    
+    /* Set GFXMMU to reset state */
+    hgfxmmu->State = HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the GFXMMU MSP.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hgfxmmu);
+  
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
+            the HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit could be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the GFXMMU MSP.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hgfxmmu);
+  
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
+            the HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a user GFXMMU callback
+  *         to be used instead of the weak predefined callback.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID error callback ID.
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the callback function.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef        *hgfxmmu,
+                                              HAL_GFXMMU_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                              pGFXMMU_CallbackTypeDef      pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* update the error code */
+    hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* update return status */
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY == hgfxmmu->State)
+    {
+      switch (CallbackID)
+      {
+      case HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      default :
+        /* update the error code */
+        hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* update return status */
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET == hgfxmmu->State)
+    {
+      switch (CallbackID)
+      {
+      case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      default :
+        /* update the error code */
+        hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* update return status */
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* update the error code */
+      hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+      /* update return status */
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister a user GFXMMU callback.
+  *         GFXMMU callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID error callback ID.
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_UnRegisterCallback(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef        *hgfxmmu,
+                                                HAL_GFXMMU_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY == hgfxmmu->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID :
+      hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback;
+      break;
+    case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+      hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit;
+      break;
+    case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+      hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit;
+      break;
+    default :
+      /* update the error code */
+      hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+      /* update return status */
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET == hgfxmmu->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+      hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit;
+      break;
+    case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+      hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit;
+      break;
+    default :
+      /* update the error code */
+      hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+      /* update return status */
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* update the error code */
+    hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* update return status */
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions_Group2 Operations functions
+ *  @brief    GFXMMU operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure LUT.
+      (+) Modify physical buffer addresses.
+      (+) Manage error.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function allows to copy LUT from flash to look up RAM.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @param  FirstLine First line enabled on LUT.
+  *         This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 1023.
+  * @param  LinesNumber Number of lines enabled on LUT.
+  *         This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024.
+  * @param  Address Start address of LUT in flash.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLut(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu,
+                                       uint32_t FirstLine,
+                                       uint32_t LinesNumber,
+                                       uint32_t Address)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE(FirstLine));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINES_NUMBER(LinesNumber));
+  
+  /* Check GFXMMU state and coherent parameters */
+  if((hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY) || ((FirstLine + LinesNumber) > 1024U))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t current_address, current_line, lutxl_address, lutxh_address;
+    
+    /* Initialize local variables */
+    current_address = Address;
+    current_line    = 0U;
+    lutxl_address   = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[2U * FirstLine]);
+    lutxh_address   = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[(2U * FirstLine) + 1U]);
+    
+    /* Copy LUT from flash to look up RAM */
+    while(current_line < LinesNumber)
+    {
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = *((uint32_t *)current_address);
+      current_address += 4U;
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = *((uint32_t *)current_address);
+      current_address += 4U;
+      lutxl_address += 8U;
+      lutxh_address += 8U;
+      current_line++;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function allows to disable a range of LUT lines.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @param  FirstLine First line to disable on LUT.
+  *         This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 1023.
+  * @param  LinesNumber Number of lines to disable on LUT.
+  *         This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_DisableLutLines(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu,
+                                             uint32_t FirstLine,
+                                             uint32_t LinesNumber)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE(FirstLine));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINES_NUMBER(LinesNumber));
+  
+  /* Check GFXMMU state and coherent parameters */
+  if((hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY) || ((FirstLine + LinesNumber) > 1024U))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t current_line, lutxl_address, lutxh_address;
+    
+    /* Initialize local variables */
+    current_line    = 0U;
+    lutxl_address   = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[2U * FirstLine]);
+    lutxh_address   = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[(2U * FirstLine) + 1U]);
+    
+    /* Disable LUT lines */
+    while(current_line < LinesNumber)
+    {
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = 0U;
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = 0U;
+      lutxl_address += 8U;
+      lutxh_address += 8U;
+      current_line++;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function allows to configure one line of LUT.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @param  lutLine LUT line parameters.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLutLine(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu, GFXMMU_LutLineTypeDef *lutLine)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE(lutLine->LineNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE_STATUS(lutLine->LineStatus));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_BLOCK(lutLine->FirstVisibleBlock));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_BLOCK(lutLine->LastVisibleBlock));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE_OFFSET(lutLine->LineOffset));
+  
+  /* Check GFXMMU state */
+  if(hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t lutxl_address, lutxh_address;
+    
+    /* Initialize local variables */
+    lutxl_address   = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[2U * lutLine->LineNumber]);
+    lutxh_address   = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[(2U * lutLine->LineNumber) + 1U]);
+    
+    /* Configure LUT line */
+    if(lutLine->LineStatus == GFXMMU_LUT_LINE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Enable and configure LUT line */
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = (lutLine->LineStatus | 
+                                     (lutLine->FirstVisibleBlock << GFXMMU_LUTXL_FVB_OFFSET) | 
+                                     (lutLine->LastVisibleBlock << GFXMMU_LUTXL_LVB_OFFSET));
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = (uint32_t) lutLine->LineOffset;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable LUT line */
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = 0U;
+      *((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = 0U;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function allows to modify physical buffer addresses.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @param  Buffers Buffers parameters.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_ModifyBuffers(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu, GFXMMU_BuffersTypeDef *Buffers)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf0Address));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf1Address));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf2Address));
+  assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf3Address));
+  
+  /* Check GFXMMU state */
+  if(hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Modify physical buffer addresses on GFXMMU_BxCR registers */
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B0CR = Buffers->Buf0Address;
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B1CR = Buffers->Buf1Address;
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B2CR = Buffers->Buf2Address;
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->B3CR = Buffers->Buf3Address;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles the GFXMMU interrupts.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_GFXMMU_IRQHandler(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  uint32_t flags, interrupts, error;
+  
+  /* Read current flags and interrupts and determine which error occurs */
+  flags = hgfxmmu->Instance->SR;
+  interrupts = (hgfxmmu->Instance->CR & GFXMMU_CR_ITS_MASK);
+  error = (flags & interrupts);
+  
+  if(error != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Clear flags on GFXMMU_FCR register */
+    hgfxmmu->Instance->FCR = error;
+    
+    /* Update GFXMMU error code */
+    hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= error;
+    
+    /* Call GFXMMU error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback(hgfxmmu);
+#else
+    HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback(hgfxmmu);
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error callback. 
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hgfxmmu);
+  
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions
+ *  @brief    GFXMMU state functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                         ##### State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Get GFXMMU handle state.
+      (+) Get GFXMMU error code.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function allows to get the current GFXMMU handle state.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval GFXMMU state.
+  */
+HAL_GFXMMU_StateTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_GetState(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  /* Return GFXMMU handle state */
+  return hgfxmmu->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function allows to get the current GFXMMU error code.
+  * @param  hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
+  * @retval GFXMMU error code.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GFXMMU_GetError(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
+{
+  uint32_t error_code;
+  
+  /* Enter in critical section */
+  __disable_irq();  
+  
+  /* Store and reset GFXMMU error code */
+  error_code = hgfxmmu->ErrorCode;
+  hgfxmmu->ErrorCode = GFXMMU_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+  /* Exit from critical section */
+  __enable_irq();
+  
+  /* Return GFXMMU error code */
+  return error_code;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* GFXMMU */
+#endif /* HAL_GFXMMU_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+        configured by software in several modes:
+        (++) Input mode
+        (++) Analog mode
+        (++) Output mode
+        (++) Alternate function mode
+        (++) External interrupt/event lines
+
+    (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+        lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+    (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+        activated or not.
+
+    (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+        type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+    (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+        multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
+       to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
+       sharing the same IO pin.
+
+    (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+        lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+        connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+    (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 39 edge detectors
+        (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+        input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+        and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+        also be masked independently.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+    (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+        (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+        (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+             structure.
+        (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+             configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+             is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+             or DAC output.
+        (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+             GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+             the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+    (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+        mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+        HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+    (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+    (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+        HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+   (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+
+    (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+        active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+        pins).
+
+    (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+        (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+        priority over the GPIO function.
+
+    (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+        general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+        The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+  * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
+  * range of the shift operator in following API :
+  * HAL_GPIO_Init
+  * HAL_GPIO_DeInit
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           (16u)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+  uint32_t iocurrent;
+  uint32_t temp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+    {
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+      if (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_OUTPUT) || ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF))
+      {
+        /* Check the Speed parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+
+        /* Configure the IO Speed */
+        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
+        temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
+        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
+        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & OUTPUT_TYPE) >> OUTPUT_TYPE_Pos) << position);
+        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+      }
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+
+      /* In case of Analog mode, check if ADC control mode is selected */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG)
+      {
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->ASCR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0 << position) ;
+        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG_ADC_CONTROL) >> 3) << position);
+        GPIOx->ASCR = temp;
+      }
+
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
+
+      /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) != MODE_ANALOG)
+      {
+        /* Check the Pull parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+        temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U));
+        temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U));
+        GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF)
+      {
+        /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+
+        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
+        temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+        temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+      temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
+      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
+      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) != 0x00u)
+      {
+        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+        temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+        temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
+
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->EMR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_EVT) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->IMR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_IT) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
+      }
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+  uint32_t iocurrent;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+
+      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+      tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+      if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
+      {
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+        EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+        EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+
+        tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
+      }
+
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
+      GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
+
+      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+      GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
+
+      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+      GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
+
+      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+      GPIOx->OTYPER  &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
+
+      /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+      GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+      /* Deactivate the Control bit of Analog mode for the current IO */
+      GPIOx->ASCR &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0<< position);
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set or clear the selected data port bit.
+  *
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  *
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t odr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* get current Output Data Register value */
+  odr = GPIOx->ODR;
+
+  /* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
+  GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+  * @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+  *         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+  * @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+  *         until the next reset.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+  /* Read again in order to confirm lock is active */
+  if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callback.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Filter Mode Functions
+  *           + WakeUp Mode Functions
+  *           + FastModePlus Functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### I2C peripheral Extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L4xx
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
+       (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
+    (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
+    (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+  @endverbatim
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+  * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Filter Mode Functions
+  * @brief    Filter Mode Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Filter Mode Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Noise Filters
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+    /* Set analog filter bit*/
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+    tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+    /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+    tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
+
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
+  * @brief    WakeUp Mode Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
+  * @brief    Fast Mode Plus Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_iwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_iwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   IWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Start functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### IWDG Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+        through option byte).
+
+    (+) The IWDG is clocked by the Low-Speed Internal clock (LSI) and thus stays
+        active even if the main clock fails.
+
+    (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both cannot be
+        disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
+        When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
+        generated (IWDG reset).
+
+    (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
+        the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded into the counter and the watchdog reset
+        is prevented.
+
+    (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+        in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake up the CPU from STANDBY).
+        IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
+        reset occurs.
+
+    (+) Debug mode: When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+        the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
+        on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+        __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
+
+    [..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
+         The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI clock frequency dispersion.
+         STM32L4xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI clock
+         frequency (LSI clock is internally connected to TIM16 CH1 input capture).
+         The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
+         acceptable accuracy.
+
+    [..] Default timeout value (necessary for IWDG_SR status register update):
+         Constant LSI_VALUE is defined based on the nominal LSI clock frequency.
+         This frequency being subject to variations as mentioned above, the
+         default timeout value (defined through constant HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
+         below) may become too short or too long.
+         In such cases, this default timeout value can be tuned by redefining
+         the constant LSI_VALUE at user-application level (based, for instance,
+         on the measured LSI clock frequency as explained above).
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+      (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
+           clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
+      (++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
+          IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
+      (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
+           value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
+           reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+      (++) Depending on window parameter:
+        (+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
+             nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
+             function with exact time base.
+        (+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
+             watchdog counter.
+      (++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
+
+    (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+
+     *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ====================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
+          the reload register
+
+  @endverbatim
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @addtogroup IWDG
+  * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Status register needs up to 5 LSI clock periods divided by the clock
+   prescaler to be updated. The number of LSI clock periods is upper-rounded to
+   6 for the timeout value calculation.
+   The timeout value is calculated using the highest prescaler (256) and
+   the LSI_VALUE constant. The value of this constant can be changed by the user
+   to take into account possible LSI clock period variations.
+   The timeout value is multiplied by 1000 to be converted in milliseconds.
+   LSI startup time is also considered here by adding LSI_STARTUP_TIME
+   converted in milliseconds. */
+#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT        (((6UL * 256UL * 1000UL) / LSI_VALUE) + ((LSI_STARTUP_TIME / 1000UL) + 1UL))
+#define IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS        (IWDG_SR_WVU | IWDG_SR_RVU | IWDG_SR_PVU)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Start functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Start functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+          IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Manage Window option.
+      (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
+          is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
+  *         watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
+  if (hiwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
+  __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
+  0x5555 in KR */
+  IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
+  hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
+  hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
+
+  /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for register to be updated */
+  while ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      if ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
+  register */
+  if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
+  {
+    /* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
+    even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
+    windows register */
+    hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+    __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   IO operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Refresh the IWDG.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the IWDG.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_lcd.c

@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_lcd.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   LCD Controller HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the LCD Controller (LCD) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization methods
+  *           + I/O operation methods
+  *           + Peripheral State methods
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
+  * the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+      [..] The LCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Declare a LCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+      -@- The frequency generator allows you to achieve various LCD frame rates
+          starting from an LCD input clock frequency (LCDCLK) which can vary
+          from 32 kHz up to 1 MHz.
+
+      (#) Initialize the LCD low level resources by implementing the HAL_LCD_MspInit() API:
+
+          (++) Enable the LCDCLK (same as RTCCLK): to configure the RTCCLK/LCDCLK, proceed as follows:
+               (+++) Use RCC function HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig in indicating RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD and
+                  selected clock source (HSE, LSI or LSE)
+
+          (++) LCD pins configuration:
+              (+++) Enable the clock for the LCD GPIOs.
+              (+++) Configure these LCD pins as alternate function no-pull.
+          (++) Enable the LCD interface clock.
+
+
+      (#) Program the Prescaler, Divider, Blink mode, Blink Frequency Duty, Bias,
+          Voltage Source, Dead Time, Pulse On Duration, Contrast, High drive and Multiplexer
+          Segment in the Init structure of the LCD handle.
+
+      (#) Initialize the LCD registers by calling the HAL_LCD_Init() API.
+
+      -@- The HAL_LCD_Init() API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, ...etc)
+          by calling the customized HAL_LCD_MspInit() API.
+      -@- After calling the HAL_LCD_Init() the LCD RAM memory is cleared
+
+      (#) Optionally you can update the LCD configuration using these macros:
+              (++) LCD High Drive using the __HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_ENABLE() and __HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_DISABLE() macros
+              (++) Voltage output buffer using __HAL_LCD_VOLTAGE_BUFFER_ENABLE() and __HAL_LCD_VOLTAGE_BUFFER_DISABLE() macros
+              (++) LCD Pulse ON Duration using the __HAL_LCD_PULSEONDURATION_CONFIG() macro
+              (++) LCD Dead Time using the __HAL_LCD_DEADTIME_CONFIG() macro
+              (++) The LCD Blink mode and frequency using the __HAL_LCD_BLINK_CONFIG() macro
+              (++) The LCD Contrast using the __HAL_LCD_CONTRAST_CONFIG() macro
+
+      (#) Write to the LCD RAM memory using the HAL_LCD_Write() API, this API can be called
+          more time to update the different LCD RAM registers before calling
+          HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
+
+      (#) The HAL_LCD_Clear() API can be used to clear the LCD RAM memory.
+
+      (#) When LCD RAM memory is updated enable the update display request using
+          the HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
+
+      [..] LCD and low power modes:
+           (#) The LCD remain active during Sleep, Low Power run, Low Power Sleep and
+               STOP modes.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(STM32L433xx) || defined(STM32L443xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup LCD LCD
+  * @brief LCD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup LCD_Private_Defines LCD Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE             1000U
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions LCD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization methods
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the LCD peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the LCD_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @note   This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Init(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t counter;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check the LCD handle allocation */
+  if (hlcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check function parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hlcd->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_PRESCALER(hlcd->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_DIVIDER(hlcd->Init.Divider));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_DUTY(hlcd->Init.Duty));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_BIAS(hlcd->Init.Bias));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE(hlcd->Init.VoltageSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION(hlcd->Init.PulseOnDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_HIGH_DRIVE(hlcd->Init.HighDrive));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME(hlcd->Init.DeadTime));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_CONTRAST(hlcd->Init.Contrast));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY(hlcd->Init.BlinkFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE(hlcd->Init.BlinkMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_MUX_SEGMENT(hlcd->Init.MuxSegment));
+
+  if (hlcd->State == HAL_LCD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hlcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_LCD_MspInit(hlcd);
+  }
+
+  hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_LCD_DISABLE(hlcd);
+
+  /* Clear the LCD_RAM registers and enable the display request by setting the UDR bit
+     in the LCD_SR register */
+  for (counter = LCD_RAM_REGISTER0; counter <= LCD_RAM_REGISTER15; counter++)
+  {
+    hlcd->Instance->RAM[counter] = 0;
+  }
+  /* Enable the display request */
+  hlcd->Instance->SR |= LCD_SR_UDR;
+  /* Configure the LCD Prescaler, Divider, Blink mode and Blink Frequency:
+     Set PS[3:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Prescaler value
+     Set DIV[3:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Divider value
+     Set BLINK[1:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.BlinkMode value
+     Set BLINKF[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.BlinkFrequency value
+     Set DEAD[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.DeadTime value
+     Set PON[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.PulseOnDuration value
+     Set CC[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Contrast value
+     Set HD bit according to hlcd->Init.HighDrive value */
+  MODIFY_REG(hlcd->Instance->FCR, \
+             (LCD_FCR_PS | LCD_FCR_DIV | LCD_FCR_BLINK | LCD_FCR_BLINKF | \
+              LCD_FCR_DEAD | LCD_FCR_PON | LCD_FCR_CC | LCD_FCR_HD), \
+             (hlcd->Init.Prescaler | hlcd->Init.Divider | hlcd->Init.BlinkMode | hlcd->Init.BlinkFrequency | \
+              hlcd->Init.DeadTime | hlcd->Init.PulseOnDuration | hlcd->Init.Contrast | hlcd->Init.HighDrive));
+
+  /* Wait until LCD Frame Control Register Synchronization flag (FCRSF) is set in the LCD_SR register
+     This bit is set by hardware each time the LCD_FCR register is updated in the LCDCLK
+     domain. It is cleared by hardware when writing to the LCD_FCR register.*/
+  status = LCD_WaitForSynchro(hlcd);
+  if (status != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the LCD Duty, Bias, Voltage Source, Dead Time, Pulse On Duration and Contrast:
+     Set DUTY[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Duty value
+     Set BIAS[1:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Bias value
+     Set VSEL bit according to hlcd->Init.VoltageSource value
+     Set MUX_SEG bit according to hlcd->Init.MuxSegment value */
+  MODIFY_REG(hlcd->Instance->CR, \
+             (LCD_CR_DUTY | LCD_CR_BIAS | LCD_CR_VSEL | LCD_CR_MUX_SEG), \
+             (hlcd->Init.Duty | hlcd->Init.Bias | hlcd->Init.VoltageSource | hlcd->Init.MuxSegment));
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_LCD_ENABLE(hlcd);
+
+  /* Get timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait Until the LCD is enabled */
+  while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_ENS) == RESET)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_ENS;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /*!< Wait Until the LCD Booster is ready */
+  while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_RDY) == RESET)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_RDY;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the LCD state */
+  hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_NONE;
+  hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_READY;
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the LCD peripheral.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_DeInit(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  /* Check the LCD handle allocation */
+  if (hlcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hlcd->Instance));
+
+  hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_LCD_MspDeInit(hlcd);
+
+  hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_NONE;
+  hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the LCD MSP.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_LCD_MspDeInit(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hlcd);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_LCD_MspDeInit it to be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the LCD MSP.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_LCD_MspInit(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hlcd);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_LCD_MspInit is to be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation methods
+  *  @brief LCD RAM functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] Using its double buffer memory the LCD controller ensures the coherency of the
+ displayed information without having to use interrupts to control LCD_RAM
+ modification.
+ The application software can access the first buffer level (LCD_RAM) through
+ the APB interface. Once it has modified the LCD_RAM using the HAL_LCD_Write() API,
+ it sets the UDR flag in the LCD_SR register using the HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
+ This UDR flag (update display request) requests the updated information to be
+ moved into the second buffer level (LCD_DISPLAY).
+ This operation is done synchronously with the frame (at the beginning of the
+ next frame), until the update is completed, the LCD_RAM is write protected and
+ the UDR flag stays high.
+ Once the update is completed another flag (UDD - Update Display Done) is set and
+ generates an interrupt if the UDDIE bit in the LCD_FCR register is set.
+ The time it takes to update LCD_DISPLAY is, in the worst case, one odd and one
+ even frame.
+ The update will not occur (UDR = 1 and UDD = 0) until the display is
+ enabled (LCDEN = 1).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write a word in the specific LCD RAM.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @param RAMRegisterIndex specifies the LCD RAM Register.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER0: LCD RAM Register 0
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER1: LCD RAM Register 1
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER2: LCD RAM Register 2
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER3: LCD RAM Register 3
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER4: LCD RAM Register 4
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER5: LCD RAM Register 5
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER6: LCD RAM Register 6
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER7: LCD RAM Register 7
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER8: LCD RAM Register 8
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER9: LCD RAM Register 9
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER10: LCD RAM Register 10
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER11: LCD RAM Register 11
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER12: LCD RAM Register 12
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER13: LCD RAM Register 13
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER14: LCD RAM Register 14
+  *     @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER15: LCD RAM Register 15
+  * @param RAMRegisterMask specifies the LCD RAM Register Data Mask.
+  * @param Data specifies LCD Data Value to be written.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Write(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd, uint32_t RAMRegisterIndex, uint32_t RAMRegisterMask, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef state = hlcd->State;
+  
+  if ((state == HAL_LCD_STATE_READY) || (state == HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER(RAMRegisterIndex));
+
+    if (hlcd->State == HAL_LCD_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_LOCK(hlcd);
+      hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+      /* Get timeout */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /*!< Wait Until the LCD is ready */
+      while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDR) != RESET)
+      {
+        if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDR;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Copy the new Data bytes to LCD RAM register */
+    MODIFY_REG(hlcd->Instance->RAM[RAMRegisterIndex], ~(RAMRegisterMask), Data);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Clear the LCD RAM registers.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Clear(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t counter;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef state = hlcd->State;
+  
+  if ((state == HAL_LCD_STATE_READY) || (state == HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hlcd);
+
+    hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Get timeout */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /*!< Wait Until the LCD is ready */
+    while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDR) != RESET)
+    {
+      if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDR;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Clear the LCD_RAM registers */
+    for (counter = LCD_RAM_REGISTER0; counter <= LCD_RAM_REGISTER15; counter++)
+    {
+      hlcd->Instance->RAM[counter] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the LCD display */
+    status = HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(hlcd);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Update Display Request.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @note   Each time software modifies the LCD_RAM it must set the UDR bit to
+  *         transfer the updated data to the second level buffer.
+  *         The UDR bit stays set until the end of the update and during this
+  *         time the LCD_RAM is write protected.
+  * @note   When the display is disabled, the update is performed for all
+  *         LCD_DISPLAY locations.
+  *         When the display is enabled, the update is performed only for locations
+  *         for which commons are active (depending on DUTY). For example if
+  *         DUTY = 1/2, only the LCD_DISPLAY of COM0 and COM1 will be updated.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Clear the Update Display Done flag before starting the update display request */
+  __HAL_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDD);
+
+  /* Enable the display request */
+  hlcd->Instance->SR |= LCD_SR_UDR;
+
+  /* Get timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /*!< Wait Until the LCD display is done */
+  while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDD) == RESET)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDD;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State methods
+  *  @brief   LCD State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+     This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the LCD:
+      (+) HAL_LCD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the LCD peripheral State.
+      (+) HAL_LCD_GetError() API to return the LCD error code.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return the LCD handle state.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef HAL_LCD_GetState(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  /* Return LCD handle state */
+  return hlcd->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return the LCD error code.
+  * @param hlcd LCD handle
+  * @retval LCD Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_LCD_GetError(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  return hlcd->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Private_Functions LCD Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait until the LCD FCR register is synchronized in the LCDCLK domain.
+  *   This function must be called after any write operation to LCD_FCR register.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef LCD_WaitForSynchro(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Get timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Loop until FCRSF flag is set */
+  while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_FCRSF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_FCRSF;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32L433xx || STM32L443xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   LTDC Extension HAL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED) && defined(HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED)
+
+#if defined (LTDC) && defined (DSI)
+
+/** @defgroup LTDCEx LTDCEx
+  * @brief LTDC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions LTDC Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration structure
+  * @param  hltdc   pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  VidCfg  pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the DSI video mode configuration parameters
+  * @note   The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
+  *         polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromVideoConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg)
+{
+  /* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
+
+  /* The following polarity is inverted:
+                     LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH */
+
+  /* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
+  hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (VidCfg->DEPolarity == \
+                            DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
+  hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (VidCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL;
+  hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (VidCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL;
+
+  /* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
+  /* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = VidCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
+     hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = VidCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
+     hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = VidCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
+
+  /* Retrieve vertical timing parameters from DSI */
+  hltdc->Init.VerticalSync       = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive - 1U;
+  hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP     = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch - 1U;
+  hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + \
+                                   VidCfg->VerticalActive - 1U;
+  hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh         = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + \
+                                   VidCfg->VerticalActive + VidCfg->VerticalFrontPorch - 1U;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode configuration structure
+  * @param  hltdc   pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  CmdCfg  pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the DSI command mode configuration parameters
+  * @note   The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
+  *         polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg)
+{
+  /* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
+
+  /* The following polarities are inverted:
+                     LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
+                     LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
+                     LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH)*/
+
+  /* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
+  hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (CmdCfg->DEPolarity == \
+                            DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
+  hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (CmdCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH;
+  hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (CmdCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH;
+
+  /* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
+  /* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = CmdCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
+     hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = CmdCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
+     hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = CmdCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* LTDC && DSI */
+
+#endif /* HAL_LTCD_MODULE_ENABLED && HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_mmc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_mmc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   MMC card Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Secure Digital (MMC) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   The MMC Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+   (+) Configure Buffer0 and Buffer1 start address and Buffer size using HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer() function.
+
+   (+) Start Read and Write for multibuffer mode using HAL_MMCEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() and HAL_MMCEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() functions.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MMCEx MMCEx
+  * @brief MMC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup MMCEx_Exported_Types MMCEx Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MMCEx_Exported_Types_Group1 MMC Internal DMA Buffer structure
+ *  @brief   Multibuffer functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Multibuffer functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the multibuffer mode and start read and write
+    multibuffer mode for MMC HAL driver.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure DMA Dual Buffer mode. The Data transfer is managed by an Internal DMA.
+  * @param  hmmc MMC handle
+  * @param  pDataBuffer0 Pointer to the buffer0 that will contain/receive the transferred data
+  * @param  pDataBuffer1 Pointer to the buffer1 that will contain/receive the transferred data
+  * @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer0 in Blocks. Buffer0 and Buffer1 must have the same size.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t * pDataBuffer0, uint32_t * pDataBuffer1, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer0 ;
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer1 ;
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE= (uint32_t) (MMC_BLOCKSIZE * BufferSize);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The received Data will be stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
+  *         Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
+  * @param  hmmc MMC handle
+  * @param  BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
+  uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
+  uint32_t errorstate;
+  uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
+
+  if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr))
+    {
+      hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    DmaBase0_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0;
+    DmaBase1_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1;
+    if ((hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
+    {
+      hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize data control register */
+    hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+    hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
+    hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    if ((hmmc->MmcCard.CardType) != MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD)
+    {
+      add *= 512U;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+    config.DataTimeOut   = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
+    config.DataLength    = MMC_BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
+    config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+    config.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
+    config.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+    config.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
+    (void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config);
+
+    hmmc->Instance->DCTRL |= SDMMC_DCTRL_FIFORST;
+
+    __SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hmmc->Instance);
+
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
+
+    /* Read Blocks in DMA mode */
+    hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA);
+
+    /* Read Multi Block command */
+    errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, add);
+    if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY;
+      hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+     __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The transferred Data are stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
+  *         Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
+  * @param  hmmc MMC handle
+  * @param  BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
+  uint32_t errorstate;
+  uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
+  uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
+
+  if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr))
+    {
+      hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    DmaBase0_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0;
+    DmaBase1_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1;
+    if ((hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
+    {
+      hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize data control register */
+    hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+    hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    if ((hmmc->MmcCard.CardType) != MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD)
+    {
+      add *= 512U;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+    config.DataTimeOut   = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
+    config.DataLength    = MMC_BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
+    config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+    config.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
+    config.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+    config.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
+    (void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config);
+
+    __SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hmmc->Instance);
+
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
+
+    /* Write Blocks in DMA mode */
+    hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA);
+
+    /* Write Multi Block command */
+    errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, add);
+    if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY;
+      hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Change the DMA Buffer0 or Buffer1 address on the fly.
+  * @param  hmmc           pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure.
+  * @param  Buffer         the buffer to be changed, This parameter can be one of
+  *                        the following values: MMC_DMA_BUFFER0 or MMC_DMA_BUFFER1
+  * @param  pDataBuffer    The new address
+  * @note   The BUFFER0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
+  *         BUFFER1 and the BUFFER1 address can be changed only when the current
+  *         transfer use BUFFER0.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ChangeDMABuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, HAL_MMCEx_DMABuffer_MemoryTypeDef Buffer, uint32_t *pDataBuffer)
+{
+  if(Buffer == MMC_DMA_BUFFER0)
+  {
+    /* change the buffer0 address */
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* change the memory1 address */
+    hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Read DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hmmc MMC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hmmc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Read DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hmmc MMC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hmmc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Write DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hmmc MMC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hmmc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Write DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hmmc MMC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hmmc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_msp_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_msp_template.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL MSP module.
+  *          This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
+  *          to the user folder.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP module driver
+  * @brief HAL MSP module.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the Global MSP.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
+            modified by the user
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the Global MSP.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
+            modified by the user
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the PPP MSP.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
+            modified by the user
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the PPP MSP.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
+            modified by the user
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_opamp_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_opamp_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended OPAMP HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the operational amplifier(s) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMPEx OPAMPEx
+  * @brief OPAMP Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions OPAMP Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @brief    Extended operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extended IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+      (+) OPAMP Self calibration.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/*  2 OPAMPS available */
+/*  2 OPAMPS can be calibrated in parallel */
+/*  Not available on STM32L41x/STM32L42x/STM32L43x/STM32L44x where only one OPAMP available */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Run the self calibration of the 2 OPAMPs in parallel.
+  * @note   Trimming values (PMOS & NMOS) are updated and user trimming is
+  *         enabled is calibration is successful.
+  * @note   Calibration is performed in the mode specified in OPAMP init
+  *         structure (mode normal or low-power). To perform calibration for
+  *         both modes, repeat this function twice after OPAMP init structure
+  *         accordingly updated.
+  * @note   Calibration runs about 10 ms (5 dichotomy steps, repeated for P
+  *         and N transistors: 10 steps with 1 ms for each step).
+  * @param  hopamp1 handle
+  * @param  hopamp2 handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp1, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp2)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen1;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep1;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen2;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep2;
+
+/* Selection of register of trimming depending on power mode: OTR or LPOTR */
+  __IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming;
+  __IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming;
+
+  uint32_t delta;
+  uint32_t opampmode1;
+  uint32_t opampmode2;
+
+  if((hopamp1 == NULL) || (hopamp2 == NULL))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check if OPAMP in calibration mode and calibration not yet enable */
+  else if(hopamp1->State !=  HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if(hopamp2->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp1->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp2->Instance));
+
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp1->Init.PowerMode));
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp2->Init.PowerMode));
+
+    /* Save OPAMP mode as in                                       */
+    /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx */
+    /* the calibration is not working in PGA mode                  */
+    opampmode1 = READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE);
+    opampmode2 = READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE);
+
+    /* Use of standalone mode */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
+
+    /*  user trimming values are used for offset calibration */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+
+    /* Select trimming settings depending on power mode */
+    if (hopamp1->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER)
+    {
+      tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming = &OPAMP1->OTR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming = &OPAMP1->LPOTR;
+    }
+
+    if (hopamp2->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER)
+    {
+      tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming = &OPAMP2->OTR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming = &OPAMP2->LPOTR;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable calibration */
+    SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+
+    /* 1st calibration - N */
+    CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
+    CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
+
+    /* Enable the selected opamp */
+    SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvaluen1 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluen2 = 16U;
+    delta = 8U;
+
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      /* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER */
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
+
+      /* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+      /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+      HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
+
+      if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen1 -= delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen1 += delta;
+      }
+
+      if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen2 -= delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen2 += delta;
+      }
+      /* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    /* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
+    /* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 0 to 1  */
+    /* Set candidate trimming */
+    MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
+    MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
+
+    /* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+    /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+    HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
+
+    if ((READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen1++;
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
+    }
+
+    if ((READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen2++;
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
+    }
+
+    /* 2nd calibration - P */
+    SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
+    SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvaluep1 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluep2 = 16U;
+    delta = 8U;
+
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      /* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER */
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
+
+      /* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+      /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+      HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
+
+      if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep1 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep1 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep2 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep2 -= delta;
+      }
+      /* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    /* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
+    /* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0  */
+    /* Set candidate trimming */
+    MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
+    MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
+
+    /* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+    /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+    HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
+
+    if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep1++;
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
+    }
+
+    if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep2++;
+      MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
+    }
+
+    /* Disable the OPAMPs */
+    CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+
+    /* Disable calibration & set normal mode (operating mode) */
+    CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+
+    /* Self calibration is successful */
+    /* Store calibration (user trimming) results in init structure. */
+
+    /* Set user trimming mode */
+    hopamp1->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+    hopamp2->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+
+    /* Affect calibration parameters depending on mode normal/low power */
+    if (hopamp1->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER)
+    {
+      /* Write calibration result N */
+      hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen1;
+      /* Write calibration result P */
+      hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Write calibration result N */
+      hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueNLowPower = trimmingvaluen1;
+      /* Write calibration result P */
+      hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValuePLowPower = trimmingvaluep1;
+    }
+
+    if (hopamp2->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER)
+    {
+      /* Write calibration result N */
+      hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen2;
+      /* Write calibration result P */
+      hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Write calibration result N */
+      hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueNLowPower = trimmingvaluen2;
+      /* Write calibration result P */
+      hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValuePLowPower = trimmingvaluep2;
+    }
+
+    /* Update OPAMP state */
+    hopamp1->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
+    hopamp2->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Restore OPAMP mode after calibration */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, opampmode1);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, opampmode2);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (+) OPAMP unlock.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the selected OPAMP configuration.
+  * @note   This function must be called only when OPAMP is in state "locked".
+  * @param  hopamp OPAMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_Unlock(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef* hopamp)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
+  /* Check if OPAMP locked */
+  if(hopamp == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
+  /* Check if OPAMP locked */
+  else if(hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
+
+   /* OPAMP state changed to locked */
+    hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PCD Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    PCDEx control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Update FIFO configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Tx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  fifo The number of Tx fifo
+  * @param  size Fifo size
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
+{
+  uint8_t i;
+  uint32_t Tx_Offset;
+
+  /*  TXn min size = 16 words. (n  : Transmit FIFO index)
+      When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
+          case 1 :  n > m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
+         case2  :  n < m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
+     The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
+         of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
+     When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
+
+  Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
+
+  if (fifo == 0U)
+  {
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
+    for (i = 0U; i < (fifo - 1U); i++)
+    {
+      Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
+    }
+
+    /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Rx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  size Size of Rx fifo
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
+{
+  hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+  hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+  USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+  USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+  USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
+
+  /* Wait for Min DCD Timeout */
+  HAL_Delay(300U);
+
+  /* Check Detect flag */
+  if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET)
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+  (without charging capability) */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+  USBx->GCCFG |=  USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+  if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDET) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Case of Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+    Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+    USBx->GCCFG |=  USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN;
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+    if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET)
+    {
+      /* case Dedicated Charging Port  */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* case Charging Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished */
+  (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+
+  /* Check for the Timeout, else start USB Device */
+  if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
+
+  /* Power Down USB transceiver  */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+
+  /* Enable Battery charging */
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN;
+
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
+
+  /* Disable Battery charging */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
+
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure PMA for EP
+  * @param  hpcd  Device instance
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_kind endpoint Kind
+  *                  USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+  *                  USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+  * @param  pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+  *                   this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+  *                   in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+  *                   In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+  *                   is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+  *                   in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+  *                   in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr,
+                                       uint16_t ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  /* initialize ep structure*/
+  if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+
+  /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+  if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+  {
+    /* Single Buffer */
+    ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+    /* Configure the PMA */
+    ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+  }
+#if (USE_USB_DOUBLE_BUFFER == 1U)
+  else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
+  {
+    /* Double Buffer Endpoint */
+    ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+    /* Configure the PMA */
+    ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
+    ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
+  }
+#endif /* (USE_USB_DOUBLE_BUFFER == 1U) */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+  /* Enable BCD feature */
+  USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_BCDEN;
+
+  /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+  USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+  /* Disable BCD feature */
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for Min DCD Timeout */
+  HAL_Delay(300U);
+
+  /* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
+  if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  /* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+  (without charging capability) */
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+  USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+  /* If Charger detect ? */
+  if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
+  {
+    /* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+    Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+    USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+    USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+    /* If CDP ? */
+    if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
+    {
+      /* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else /* NO */
+  {
+    /* Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
+  (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+
+  /* Check for the Timeout, else start USB Device */
+  if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+  hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+
+  USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
+  USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+
+  USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
+  USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send LPM message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  msg LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(msg);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  msg LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(msg);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               ((uint32_t)0x00010000)  /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVD threshold crossing */
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              ((uint32_t)0x00020000)  /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVD threshold crossing        */
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVD trigger                 */
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVD trigger                */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable access to the backup domain
+  *        (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
+  * @note  After reset, the backup domain is protected against
+  *        possible unwanted write accesses.
+  * @note  RTCSEL that sets the RTC clock source selection is in the RTC back-up domain.
+  *        In order to set or modify the RTC clock, the backup domain access must be
+  *        disabled.
+  * @note  LSEON bit that switches on and off the LSE crystal belongs as well to the
+  *        back-up domain.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable access to the backup domain
+  *        (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+     [..]
+     *** PVD configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in PWR_CR2 register).
+
+      (+) PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+
+    *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or Shutdown mode.
+          The polarity of these pins can be set to configure event detection on high
+          level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
+
+
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      The devices feature 8 low-power modes:
+      (+) Low-power Run mode: core and peripherals are running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main and low power regulators on.
+      (+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators on.
+      (+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Stop 2 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on, reduced set of waking up IPs compared to Stop 1 mode.
+      (+) Standby mode with SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, SRAM2 content preserved, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Standby mode without SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators off.
+      (+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, main and low power regulators off.
+
+
+   *** Low-power run mode ***
+   ==========================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry: (from main run mode)
+        (++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
+
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLP bit to be reset with HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only
+             then can the system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
+
+
+   *** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
+   =========================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Sleep mode / Low-power Sleep mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API
+          in specifying whether or not the regulator is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event-triggered.
+          (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
+          (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power sleep (regulator in low power mode).
+          In the latter case, the system clock frequency must have been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+
+      (+) WFI Exit:
+        (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+             controller (NVIC) or any wake-up event.
+
+      (+) WFE Exit:
+        (++) Any wake-up event such as an EXTI line configured in event mode.
+
+         [..] When exiting the Low-power sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+             the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
+
+   *** Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes ***
+   ===============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes are entered thru the following API's:
+          (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode() for mode 0 or HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode() for mode 1 or for porting reasons HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode().
+          (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode() for mode 2.
+      (+) Regulator setting (applicable to HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() only):
+          (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
+          (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
+      (+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+
+      (+) WFI Exit:
+          (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode.
+          (++) Some specific communication peripherals (USART, LPUART, I2C) interrupts
+               when programmed in wakeup mode.
+      (+) WFE Exit:
+          (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
+
+       [..]
+          When exiting Stop 0 and Stop 1 modes, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
+          depending on the LPR bit setting.
+          When exiting Stop 2 mode, the MCU is in Run mode.
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+     [..]
+      The Standby mode offers two options:
+      (+) option a) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit set (keeps voltage regulator in low power mode).
+        SRAM and registers contents are lost except for the SRAM2 content, the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
+        and Standby circuitry.
+      (+) option b) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit cleared (voltage regulator then disabled).
+        SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
+        and Standby circuitry.
+
+      (++) Entry:
+          (+++) The Standby mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API.
+                SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
+                Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
+                To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
+                to set RRS bit.
+
+      (++) Exit:
+          (+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
+                external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+      [..]    After waking up from Standby mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
+
+
+    *** Shutdown mode ***
+   ======================
+     [..]
+      In Shutdown mode,
+        voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is cleared.
+        SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain registers.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Shutdown mode is entered thru HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API.
+
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
+               external reset in NRST pin.
+
+         [..] After waking up from Shutdown mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
+
+
+   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+   =============================================
+    [..]
+      The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+      Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
+      an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+      (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop, Standby and Shutdown modes
+
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+             configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+             is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+             HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
+              configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+  * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to a PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the PVD
+  *        configuration information.
+  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set the default polarity
+  *         i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+  *
+  *         or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify the enabled pin and
+  *         the chosen polarity:
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
+  * @note  PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
+
+  /* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
+    (rising or falling edge) */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
+
+  /* Enable wake-up pin */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
+
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
+  * @note  In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low-power mode)
+  * @note  Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode. Therefore, if not yet
+  *        in Low-power Run mode before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() with Regulator set
+  *        to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the
+  *        Flash in power-down monde in setting the SLEEP_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register.
+  *        Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
+  *        Setting SLEEP_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must
+  *        be done before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API.
+  * @note  When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. To move in
+  *        Run mode, the user must resort to HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
+  * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFE instruction
+  * @note  When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
+  *        the interrupt wake up source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Set Regulator parameter */
+  if (Regulator == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
+  {
+    /* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF))
+    {
+      if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return ;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Regulator now in main mode. */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
+       The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == RESET)
+    {
+      HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Stop mode
+  * @note  This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with legacy code running
+  *        on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned with main or low power regulator ON.
+  * @note  In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+  *        the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+  *        (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+  *        after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+  *        only to the peripheral requesting it.
+  *        SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  *        The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or low-power mode (Stop 1).
+  * @note  When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+  *         is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+  * @note  When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1), an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON  Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON  Stop 1 mode (low power regulator ON)
+  * @param STOPEntry: Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI  Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI instruction.
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE  Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE instruction.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+
+  if(Regulator == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON)
+  {
+    HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(STOPEntry);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(STOPEntry);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Standby mode.
+  * @note  In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
+  *        off. The voltage regulator is disabled, except when SRAM2 content is preserved
+  *        in which case the regulator is in low-power mode.
+  *        SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
+  *        Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
+  *        To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
+  *        to set RRS bit.
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  * @note  The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
+  *        HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() respectively enable Pull Up and
+  *        Pull Down state, HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown() disable the
+  *        same.
+  *        These states are effective in Standby mode only if APC bit is set through
+  *        HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Set Stand-by mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STANDBY);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rng.c

@@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_rng.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RNG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and configuration functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+      The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
+          in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
+      (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
+      (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
+          random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
+      (#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
+
+    ##### Callback registration #####
+    ==================================
+
+    [..]
+    The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+    allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+    [..]
+    Use Function HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+    Function HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+    (+) ErrorCallback             : RNG Error Callback.
+    (+) MspInitCallback           : RNG MspInit.
+    (+) MspDeInitCallback         : RNG MspDeInit.
+    This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+    and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+    [..]
+    Use function HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+    weak (surcharged) function.
+    HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+    and the Callback ID.
+    This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+    (+) ErrorCallback             : RNG Error Callback.
+    (+) MspInitCallback           : RNG MspInit.
+    (+) MspDeInitCallback         : RNG MspDeInit.
+
+    [..]
+    For specific callback ReadyDataCallback, use dedicated register callbacks:
+    respectively HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback() , HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback().
+
+    [..]
+    By default, after the HAL_RNG_Init() and when the state is HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET
+    all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+    example HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback().
+    Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+    reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_RNG_Init()
+    and HAL_RNG_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+    If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_RNG_Init() and HAL_RNG_DeInit()
+    keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+    [..]
+    Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY state only.
+    Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+    in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY or HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+    MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+    In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+    using  HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_RNG_DeInit()
+    or HAL_RNG_Init() function.
+
+    [..]
+    When The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+    not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+    and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (RNG)
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG
+  * @brief RNG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Constants RNG Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE     2U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief   Initialization and configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
+          in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the RNG MSP
+      (+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+  uint32_t cr_value;
+#endif  /* RNG_CR_CONDRST */
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if (hrng == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_CED(hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection));
+#endif /* defined(RNG_CR_CED) */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    hrng->ReadyDataCallback  = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback;  /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback  */
+    hrng->ErrorCallback      = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback;      /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback      */
+
+    if (hrng->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    hrng->MspInitCallback(hrng);
+  }
+#else
+  if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+  /* Disable RNG */
+  __HAL_RNG_DISABLE(hrng);
+
+  /* RNG CR register configuration. Set value in CR register for CONFIG 1, CONFIG 2 and CONFIG 3 values */
+  cr_value = (uint32_t) (RNG_CR_CONFIG_VAL);
+
+  /* Configuration of 
+     - Clock Error Detection 
+     - CONFIG1, CONFIG2, CONFIG3 fields
+     when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
+  MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1
+                                 | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2 | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3,
+                                 (uint32_t) (RNG_CR_CONDRST | hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection | cr_value));
+
+#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
+  /*!< magic number must be written immediately before to RNG_HTCRG */
+  WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG_1);
+  /* for best latency and to be compliant with NIST */
+  WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG);
+#endif /* RNG_VER_3_2 || RNG_VER_3_1 || RNG_VER_3_0 */
+
+  /* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
+      {
+        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+        hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
+  /* Clock Error Detection Configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED, hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection);
+#endif /* defined(RNG_CR_CED) */
+#endif /* end of RNG_CR_CONDRST */
+
+  /* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
+  __HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
+
+  /* verify that no seed error */
+  if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)
+  {
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  /* Check if data register contains valid random data */
+  while (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_SECS) != RESET)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
+      if (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_SECS) != RESET)
+      {
+        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
+        hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the RNG state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+#endif
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if (hrng == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+  /* Clear Clock Error Detection bit when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
+  MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST, RNG_CED_ENABLE | RNG_CR_CONDRST);
+
+  /* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
+      {
+        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+        hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
+  /* Clear Clock Error Detection bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED);
+#endif /* RNG_CR_CED */
+#endif /* RNG_CR_CONDRST */
+  /* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
+
+  /* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (hrng->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit  */
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  hrng->MspDeInitCallback(hrng);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Update the RNG state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Return the function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RNG MSP.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrng);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrng);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User RNG Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hrng RNG handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pRNG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
+      hrng->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+      break;
+
+    default :
+      /* Update the error code */
+      hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+     /* Return error status */
+      status =  HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+      break;
+
+    default :
+      /* Update the error code */
+      hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+     /* Return error status */
+      status =  HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister an RNG Callback
+  *         RNG callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hrng RNG handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
+      hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback;          /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback  */
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit;              /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit;          /* Legacy weak MspDeInit  */
+      break;
+
+    default :
+      /* Update the error code */
+      hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+     /* Return error status */
+      status =  HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit;              /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+      hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit;          /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+      break;
+
+    default :
+      /* Update the error code */
+      hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+     /* Return error status */
+      status =  HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register Data Ready RNG Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hrng RNG handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Data Ready Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, pRNG_ReadyDataCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
+  {
+    hrng->ReadyDataCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister the Data Ready RNG Callback
+  *         Data Ready RNG Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hrng RNG handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
+  {
+    hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Get the 32 bit Random number
+      (+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
+      (+) Handle RNG interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates a 32-bit random number.
+  * @note   When several random data are output at the same time in an output buffer,
+  *         this function checks value of RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag to know if valid
+  *         random number is available in the DR register (RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag set 
+  *         whenever a random number is available through the RNG_DR register).
+  *         After transitioning from 0 to 1 (random number available), 
+  *         RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high until output buffer becomes empty after reading 
+  *         four words from the RNG_DR register, i.e. further function calls 
+  *         will immediately return a new u32 random number (additional words are
+  *         available and can be read by the application, till RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high).
+  *         When no more random number data is available in DR register, RNG_FLAG_DRDY
+  *         flag is automatically cleared.
+  *         When random number are out on a single sample basis, each time the random 
+  *         number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically cleared.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @param  random32bit pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Check if data register contains valid random data */
+    while (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
+    {
+      if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+        hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get a 32bit Random number */
+    hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
+    *random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
+
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
+    __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
+  *         Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval Random value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return hrng->RandomNumber;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return 0U;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
+  *         Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval 32-bit random number
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  uint32_t random32bit = 0U;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get a 32bit Random number */
+  random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
+
+  /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
+  __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
+
+  /* Return the 32 bit random number */
+  return random32bit;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles RNG interrupt request.
+  * @note   In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
+  *         random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
+  *         to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
+  *         the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
+  *         The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
+  *         random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
+  * @note   In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
+  *         interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
+  *         available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
+  *         not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
+  *         SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
+  *         the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
+  * @note   User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
+  *         or CEIS are set.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+
+  */
+void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  uint32_t rngclockerror = 0U;
+
+  /* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
+  if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_CLOCK;
+    rngclockerror = 1U;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_SEED;
+    rngclockerror = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  if (rngclockerror == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Error callback */
+    hrng->ErrorCallback(hrng);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Error callback */
+    HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+    /* Clear the clock error flag */
+    __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI | RNG_IT_SEI);
+  }
+
+  /* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
+  if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
+    __HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
+
+    /* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
+    hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
+
+    if (hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
+    {
+      /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+      hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /* Call registered Data Ready callback */
+      hrng->ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
+#else
+      /* Call legacy weak Data Ready callback */
+      HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read latest generated random number.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval random value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  return (hrng->RandomNumber);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
+  * @note   When several random data are output at the same time in an output buffer,
+  *         When RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag value is set, first random number has been read
+  *         from DR register in IRQ Handler and is provided as callback parameter.
+  *         Depending on valid data available in the conditioning output buffer,
+  *         additional words can be read by the application from DR register till 
+  *         DRDY bit remains high.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @param  random32bit generated random number.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrng);
+  UNUSED(random32bit);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RNG error callbacks.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hrng);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the RNG state.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  return hrng->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the RNG handle error code.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval RNG Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetError(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* Return RNG Error Code */
+  return hrng->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* RNG */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rng_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_rng_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended RNG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
+  *           + Lock configuration functions
+  *           + Reset the RNG
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (RNG)
+
+/** @addtogroup RNGEx
+  * @brief RNG Extended HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined (RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
+/** @addtogroup RNGEx_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+/*  Health test control register information to use in CCM algorithm are defined in CMSIS Device file.
+    - RNG_HTCFG : Default HTCR register value for best latency and NIST Compliance
+    - RNG_HTCFG_1 : Magic number value that must be written to RNG_HTCR register
+      immediately before reading or writing RNG_HTCR register */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RNGEx_Private_Constants RNG Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE     2U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup RNGEx_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNGEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief   Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Configuration and lock functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the RNG with the specified parameters in the RNG_ConfigTypeDef
+      (+) Lock RNG configuration Allows user to lock a configuration until next reset.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the RNG with the specified parameters in the
+  *         RNG_ConfigTypeDef.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *          the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @param  pConf pointer to a RNG_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for RNG module
+
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_SetConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, RNG_ConfigTypeDef *pConf)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t cr_value;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status ;
+
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if ((hrng == NULL)||(pConf == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_CLOCK_DIVIDER(pConf->ClockDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANCE(pConf->NistCompliance));
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG1(pConf->Config1));
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG2(pConf->Config2));
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG3(pConf->Config3));
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable RNG */
+    __HAL_RNG_DISABLE(hrng);
+
+    /* RNG CR register configuration. Set value in CR register for :
+      -	NIST Compliance setting
+      -	Clock divider value
+      -	CONFIG 1, CONFIG 2 and CONFIG 3 values */
+
+    cr_value = (uint32_t) ( pConf->ClockDivider | pConf->NistCompliance
+               | (pConf->Config1 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1_Pos)
+               | (pConf->Config2 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2_Pos)
+               | (pConf->Config3 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3_Pos));
+
+    MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_NISTC | RNG_CR_CLKDIV | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1
+                                   | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2 | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3,
+                                   (uint32_t) (RNG_CR_CONDRST | cr_value));
+
+#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
+    /*!< magic number must be written immediately before to RNG_HTCRG */
+    WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG_1);
+    /* for best latency and to be compliant with NIST */
+    WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG);
+#endif
+
+    /* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
+    CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+        hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Enable RNG */
+    __HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
+
+    /* Initialize the RNG state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* function status */
+    status = HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the RNG Configuration and fill parameters in the
+  *         RNG_ConfigTypeDef.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *          the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @param  pConf pointer to a RNG_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for RNG module
+
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_GetConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, RNG_ConfigTypeDef *pConf)
+{
+
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status ;
+
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if ((hrng == NULL)||(pConf == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Get  RNG parameters  */
+    pConf->Config1        = (uint32_t) ((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1_Pos) ;
+    pConf->Config2        = (uint32_t) ((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2_Pos);
+    pConf->Config3        = (uint32_t)((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3_Pos);
+    pConf->ClockDivider   = (hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_CLKDIV);
+    pConf->NistCompliance = (hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_NISTC);
+
+    /* Initialize the RNG state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* function status */
+    status = HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hrng->ErrorCode |= HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RNG current configuration lock.
+  * @note   This function allows to lock RNG peripheral configuration.
+  *         Once locked, HW RNG reset has to be performed prior any further
+  *         configuration update.
+  * @param  hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_LockConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if (hrng == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Perform RNG configuration Lock */
+    MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONFIGLOCK, RNG_CR_CONFIGLOCK);
+
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* function status */
+    status = HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif  /* CONDRST */
+#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* RNG */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sai_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SAI Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionality of the SAI Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Modify PDM microphone delays.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx)
+
+/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx
+  * @brief SAI Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SAIEx_Private_Defines SAIEx Extended Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SAI_PDM_DELAY_MASK          0x77U
+#define SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET        8U
+#define SAI_PDM_RIGHT_DELAY_OFFSET  4U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAIEx Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    SAIEx control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Modify PDM microphone delays
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure PDM microphone delays.
+  * @param  hsai SAI handle.
+  * @param  pdmMicDelay Microphone delays configuration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAIEx_ConfigPdmMicDelay(const SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai,
+                                              const SAIEx_PdmMicDelayParamTypeDef *pdmMicDelay)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check that SAI sub-block is SAI1 sub-block A */
+  if (hsai->Instance != SAI1_Block_A)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check microphone delay parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_PAIRS_NUMBER(pdmMicDelay->MicPair));
+    assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_DELAY(pdmMicDelay->LeftDelay));
+    assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_DELAY(pdmMicDelay->RightDelay));
+
+    /* Compute offset on PDMDLY register according mic pair number */
+    offset = SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET * (pdmMicDelay->MicPair - 1U);
+
+    /* Check SAI state and offset */
+    if ((hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) && (offset <= 24U))
+    {
+      /* Reset current delays for specified microphone */
+      SAI1->PDMDLY &= ~(SAI_PDM_DELAY_MASK << offset);
+
+      /* Apply new microphone delays */
+      SAI1->PDMDLY |= (((pdmMicDelay->RightDelay << SAI_PDM_RIGHT_DELAY_OFFSET) | pdmMicDelay->LeftDelay) << offset);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx || */
+/* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sd_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_sd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SD card Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   The SD Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+   (+) Set card in High Speed mode using HAL_SDEx_HighSpeed() function.
+   (+) Configure Buffer0 and Buffer1 start address and Buffer size using HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer() function.
+   (+) Start Read and Write for multibuffer mode using HAL_SDEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() and HAL_SDEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() functions.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDEx SDEx
+  * @brief SD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern uint32_t SD_HighSpeed(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief   High Speed function
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### High Speed function #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides function allowing to configure the card in High Speed mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Switches the SD card to High Speed mode.
+  *         This API must be used after "Transfer State"
+  * @note   This operation should be followed by the configuration
+  *         of PLL to have SDMMCCK clock between 50 and 120 MHz
+  * @param  hsd SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SDEx_HighSpeed(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  return SD_HighSpeed (hsd);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable/Disable the SD Transceiver 1.8V Mode Callback.
+  * @param  status Voltage Switch State
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDEx_DriveTransceiver_1_8V_Callback(FlagStatus status)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(status);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_EnableTransciver could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Multibuffer functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Multibuffer functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the multibuffer mode and start read and write
+    multibuffer mode for SD HAL driver.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure DMA Dual Buffer mode. The Data transfer is managed by an Internal DMA.
+  * @param  hsd SD handle
+  * @param  pDataBuffer0 Pointer to the buffer0 that will contain/receive the transferred data
+  * @param  pDataBuffer1 Pointer to the buffer1 that will contain/receive the transferred data
+  * @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer0 in Blocks. Buffer0 and Buffer1 must have the same size.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pDataBuffer0, uint32_t *pDataBuffer1, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer0;
+    hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer1;
+    hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE= (uint32_t) (BLOCKSIZE * BufferSize);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The received Data will be stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
+  *         Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
+  * @param  hsd SD handle
+  * @param  BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
+  uint32_t errorstate;
+  uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
+  uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
+
+  if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((add + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr))
+    {
+      hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    DmaBase0_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0;
+    DmaBase1_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1;
+    if ((hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
+    {
+      hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize data control register */
+    hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+    /* Clear old Flags*/
+    __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_DATA_FLAGS);
+
+    hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
+    hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC)
+    {
+      add *= 512U;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+    config.DataTimeOut   = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
+    config.DataLength    = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
+    config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+    config.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
+    config.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+    config.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
+    (void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config);
+
+    hsd->Instance->DCTRL |= SDMMC_DCTRL_FIFORST;
+
+    __SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hsd->Instance);
+
+    hsd->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
+
+    /* Read Blocks in DMA mode */
+    hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA);
+
+    /* Read Multi Block command */
+    errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, add);
+    if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY;
+      hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_IT_IDMABTC));
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The transferred Data are stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
+  *         Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
+  * @param  hsd SD handle
+  * @param  BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
+  uint32_t errorstate;
+  uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
+  uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
+
+  if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((add + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr))
+    {
+      hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    DmaBase0_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0;
+    DmaBase1_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1;
+    if ((hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
+    {
+      hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize data control register */
+    hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+    hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC)
+    {
+      add *= 512U;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+    config.DataTimeOut   = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
+    config.DataLength    = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
+    config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+    config.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
+    config.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+    config.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
+    (void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config);
+
+    __SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hsd->Instance);
+
+    hsd->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
+
+    /* Write Blocks in DMA mode */
+    hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA);
+
+    /* Write Multi Block command */
+    errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, add);
+    if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY;
+      hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_IT_IDMABTC));
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Change the DMA Buffer0 or Buffer1 address on the fly.
+  * @param  hsd            pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure.
+  * @param  Buffer         the buffer to be changed, This parameter can be one of
+  *                        the following values: SD_DMA_BUFFER0 or SD_DMA_BUFFER1
+  * @param  pDataBuffer    The new address
+  * @note   The BUFFER0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
+  *         BUFFER1 and the BUFFER1 address can be changed only when the current
+  *         transfer use BUFFER0.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ChangeDMABuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SDEx_DMABuffer_MemoryTypeDef Buffer, uint32_t *pDataBuffer)
+{
+  if(Buffer == SD_DMA_BUFFER0)
+  {
+    /* change the buffer0 address */
+    hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* change the memory1 address */
+    hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Read DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Read DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Write DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Write DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the SmartCard.
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  =============================================================================
+               ##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features  #####
+  =============================================================================
+  [..]
+  The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
+        then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
+        auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
+
+    (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
+
+        -@- When SMARTCARD operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
+            starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
+            configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
+  * @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Extended Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* UART RX FIFO depth */
+#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+
+/* UART TX FIFO depth */
+#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions  SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
+{
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
+}
+
+/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
+  *                     value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
+}
+
+/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
+    SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
+  * @brief   SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+    (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  SMARTCARD RX Fifo full callback.
+  * @param  hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SMARTCARD TX Fifo empty callback.
+  * @param  hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral FIFO Control functions
+  *  @brief   SMARTCARD control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral FIFO Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SMARTCARD
+    FIFO feature.
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the FIFO mode.
+  * @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable SMARTCARD */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* Enable FIFO mode */
+  SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+  hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
+
+  /* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the FIFO mode.
+  * @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable SMARTCARD */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* Enable FIFO mode */
+  CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+  hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
+
+  /* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the TXFIFO threshold.
+  * @param hsmartcard      SMARTCARD handle.
+  * @param Threshold  TX FIFO threshold value
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable SMARTCARD */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* Update TX threshold configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RXFIFO threshold.
+  * @param hsmartcard      SMARTCARD handle.
+  * @param Threshold  RX FIFO threshold value
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+  *            @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable SMARTCARD */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* Update RX threshold configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
+
+  /* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
+
+  hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions  SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
+  * @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
+  *       the USART configuration registers.
+  * @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
+  uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
+  uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
+  uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
+  /* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
+  static const uint8_t numerator[]   = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
+  static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
+
+  if (hsmartcard->FifoMode == SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
+  {
+    hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
+    hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+    tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+    rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos);
+    tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos);
+    hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / \
+                                    (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
+    hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / \
+                                    (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_smbus_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_smbus_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SMBUS Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of SMBUS Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### SMBUS peripheral Extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the SMBUS interface for STM32L4xx
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
+       (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of SMBUS Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableWakeUp()
+          (++) HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableWakeUp()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+          (++) HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+  @endverbatim
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUSEx SMBUSEx
+  * @brief SMBUS Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions SMBUS Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
+  * @brief    WakeUp Mode Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable SMBUS wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableWakeUp(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+
+  if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+    hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+    __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+    __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
+
+    hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable SMBUS wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableWakeUp(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+
+  if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+    hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+    __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+    /* Disable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+    __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
+
+    hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
+  * @brief    Fast Mode Plus Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the SMBUS fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref SMBUSEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be enabled only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the SMBUS fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref SMBUSEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be disabled only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
+  * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE       4UL
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
+    data transfers.
+
+    (#) Rx data flush function:
+        (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Flush the RX fifo.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+  uint8_t  count = 0U;
+  while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) !=  SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
+  {
+    count++;
+    tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+    if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
+  *
+  *          This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+  *          the TIM time base:
+  *           + Initializes the TIM peripheral to generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
+  *           + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
+    (#) Rename it to 'stm32l4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c'
+    (#) Add this file and the TIM HAL driver files to your project and make sure
+       HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED is defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h
+
+    [..]
+    (@) The application needs to ensure that the time base is always set to 1 millisecond
+       to have correct HAL operation.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+TIM_HandleTypeDef        TimHandle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the TIM6 as a time base source.
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+  *         Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @param  TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef    clkconfig;
+  uint32_t              uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler;
+  uint32_t              uwPrescalerValue;
+  uint32_t              pFLatency;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef     status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
+  if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Enable TIM6 clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Get clock configuration */
+    HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
+
+    /* Get APB1 prescaler */
+    uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
+
+    /* Compute TIM6 clock */
+    if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
+    {
+      uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      uwTimclock = 2U * HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+    }
+
+    /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM6 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
+    uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
+
+    /* Initialize TIM6 */
+    TimHandle.Instance = TIM6;
+
+    /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follows:
+    + Period = [(TIM6CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+    + Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+    + ClockDivision = 0
+    + Counter direction = Up
+    */
+    TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
+    TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
+    TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0;
+    TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
+    TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
+    if (HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
+      if (HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Enable the TIM6_DAC global Interrupt */
+        HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM6_DAC_IRQn);
+
+        /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+        if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+        {
+          /*Configure the TIM6_DAC IRQ priority */
+          HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM6_DAC_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
+          uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          status = HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM6 update interrupt.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable TIM6 update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by enabling TIM6 update interrupt.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable TIM6 update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when TIM6 interrupt took place, inside
+  * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  HAL_IncTick();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_usart_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_usart_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended USART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (USART).
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### USART peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
+
+        -@- When USART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
+            starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
+            configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+    (#) Slave mode enabling/disabling and NSS pin configuration.
+
+        -@- When USART operates in Slave mode, Slave mode must be enabled prior
+            starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx USARTEx
+  * @brief USART Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Constants USARTEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* USART RX FIFO depth */
+#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+
+/* USART TX FIFO depth */
+#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Functions USARTEx Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions  USARTEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+  * @brief Extended USART Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+    (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
+        (+) HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
+        (+) HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  USART RX Fifo full callback.
+  * @param  husart USART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(husart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USART TX Fifo empty callback.
+  * @param  husart USART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(husart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides the following functions:
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableSPISlaveMode() API enables the SPI slave mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableSPISlaveMode() API disables the SPI slave mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS API configures the Slave Select input pin (NSS)
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR2_SLVEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the SPI slave mode.
+  * @note When the USART operates in SPI slave mode, it handles data flow using
+  *       the serial interface clock derived from the external SCLK signal
+  *       provided by the external master SPI device.
+  * @note In SPI slave mode, the USART must be enabled before starting the master
+  *       communications (or between frames while the clock is stable). Otherwise,
+  *       if the USART slave is enabled while the master is in the middle of a
+  *       frame, it will become desynchronized with the master.
+  * @note The data register of the slave needs to be ready before the first edge
+  *       of the communication clock or before the end of the ongoing communication,
+  *       otherwise the SPI slave will transmit zeros.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* In SPI slave mode mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN and CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
+  - HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+  CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+
+  /* Enable SPI slave mode */
+  SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_ENABLE;
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Enable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the SPI slave mode.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Disable SPI slave mode */
+  CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE;
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Slave Select input pin (NSS).
+  * @note Software NSS management: SPI slave will always be selected and NSS
+  *       input pin will be ignored.
+  * @note Hardware NSS management: the SPI slave selection depends on NSS
+  *       input pin. The slave is selected when NSS is low and deselected when
+  *       NSS is high.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @param NSSConfig   NSS configuration.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref USART_NSS_HARD
+  *            @arg @ref USART_NSS_SOFT
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t NSSConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_NSS(NSSConfig));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Program DIS_NSS bit in the USART_CR2 register */
+  MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DIS_NSS, NSSConfig);
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR2_SLVEN */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the FIFO mode.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Enable FIFO mode */
+  SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+  husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the FIFO mode.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Enable FIFO mode */
+  CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+  husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the TXFIFO threshold.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @param Threshold  TX FIFO threshold value
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+  *            @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+  *            @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+  *            @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+  *            @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+  *            @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Update TX threshold configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RXFIFO threshold.
+  * @param husart      USART handle.
+  * @param Threshold  RX FIFO threshold value
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+  *            @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+  *            @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+  *            @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+  *            @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+  *            @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual USART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable USART */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Update RX threshold configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
+
+  /* Restore USART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USARTEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
+  * @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
+  *       the USART configuration registers.
+  * @param husart USART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
+  uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
+  uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
+  uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
+  /* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
+  static const uint8_t numerator[]   = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
+  static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
+
+  if (husart->FifoMode == USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
+  {
+    husart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
+    husart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+    tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+    rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3,
+                                            USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
+    tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3,
+                                            USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
+    husart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) /
+                                (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
+    husart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) /
+                                (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_wwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_wwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   WWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### WWDG Specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+    time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
+    before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+    value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+
+    (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+        before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+        implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+    (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) If required by application, an Early Wakeup Interrupt can be triggered
+        in order to be warned before WWDG expiration. The Early Wakeup Interrupt
+        (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must
+        be performed before the actual reset is generated. When the downcounter
+        reaches 0x40, interrupt occurs. This mechanism requires WWDG interrupt
+        line to be enabled in NVIC. Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be
+        disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+        reset occurs.
+    (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+        by a programmable prescaler.
+    (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
+    (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
+        where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
+    (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
+        (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
+        (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
+    (+) Typical values:
+        (++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) at 56MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
+             max timeout before reset: approximately 73.14us
+        (++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) at 56MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler
+             dividing by 8:
+             max timeout before reset: approximately 599.18ms
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    *** Common driver usage ***
+    ===========================
+
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
+    (+) Configure the WWDG prescaler, refresh window value, counter value and early
+        interrupt status using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. This will automatically
+        enable WWDG and start its downcounter. Time reference can be taken from
+        function exit. Care must be taken to provide a counter value
+        greater than 0x40 to prevent generation of immediate reset.
+    (+) If the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) feature is enabled, an interrupt is
+        generated when the counter reaches 0x40. When HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler is
+        triggered by the interrupt service routine, flag will be automatically
+        cleared and HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback user callback will be executed. User
+        can add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
+    (+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
+        the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
+
+    *** Callback registration ***
+    =============================
+
+  [..]
+    The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
+    the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
+    HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+
+    (+) Function HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
+        callbacks:
+        (++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
+        (++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
+    This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+    and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+    (+) Use function HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
+    the default weak (surcharged) function. HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
+    takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
+    This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+        (++) EwiCallback : callback for  Early WakeUp Interrupt.
+        (++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
+
+    [..]
+    When calling HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
+    corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
+    HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
+    not been registered before.
+
+    [..]
+    When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+    not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+    and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+    *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      Below the list of available macros in WWDG HAL driver.
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
+  * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
+          in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
+  *         parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of  associated handle.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+  if (hwwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /* Reset Callback pointers */
+  if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
+  }
+
+  if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
+  }
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
+#else
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Set WWDG Counter */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @note   When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
+  *         to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
+  *         again to change parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User WWDG Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+  * @param  hwwdg WWDG handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                            pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
+        hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
+        hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister a WWDG Callback
+  *         WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+  * @param  hwwdg WWDG handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  switch (CallbackID)
+  {
+    case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
+      hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
+      hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief    IO operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Refresh the WWDG.
+    (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the WWDG.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle WWDG interrupt request.
+  * @note   The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
+  *         or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
+  *         The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
+  *         EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
+  *         When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
+  *         generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
+  *         be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
+  *         logging), before resetting the device.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
+  if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
+    if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
+      __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /* Early Wakeup registered callback */
+      hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
+#else
+      /* Early Wakeup callback */
+      HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_comp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_comp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   COMP LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_comp.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (COMP1) || defined (COMP2)
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL COMP
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of COMP hierarchical scope:          */
+/* COMP instance.                                                             */
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__)                                  \
+  (   ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED)                        \
+   || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_MEDIUMSPEED)                      \
+   || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER)                    \
+  )
+
+/* Note: On this STM32 series, comparator input plus parameters are           */
+/*       the same on all COMP instances.                                      */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#if defined(COMP_CSR_INPSEL_1)
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__)               \
+  (   ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1)                             \
+   || ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO2)                             \
+   || ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO3)                             \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__)               \
+  (   ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1)                             \
+   || ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO2)                             \
+  )
+#endif
+
+/* Note: On this STM32 series, comparator input minus parameters are          */
+/*       the same on all COMP instances.                                      */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#if defined(COMP_CSR_INMESEL_1)
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__)             \
+  (   ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT)                       \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1)                           \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO2)                           \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO3)                           \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO4)                           \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO5)                           \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__)             \
+  (   ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT)                       \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1)                           \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO2)                           \
+  )
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__)                      \
+  (   ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW)                       \
+   || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH)                      \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__)                               \
+  (   ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED)                        \
+   || ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED)                           \
+  )
+
+#if defined(COMP2)
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__)       \
+  (((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE)                                  \
+    ? (                                                                                        \
+       (1UL)                                                                                   \
+      )                                                                                        \
+      :                                                                                        \
+      (((__COMP_INSTANCE__) == COMP1)                                                          \
+        ? (                                                                                    \
+              ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5_COMP1)             \
+           || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3_COMP1)             \
+           || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM3_OC3_COMP1)             \
+          )                                                                                    \
+          :                                                                                    \
+          (                                                                                    \
+              ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM3_OC4_COMP2)             \
+           || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM8_OC5_COMP2)             \
+           || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM15_OC1_COMP2)            \
+          )                                                                                    \
+      )                                                                                        \
+  )
+#else
+#if defined(TIM3)
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__)       \
+  (((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE)                                  \
+    ? (                                                                                        \
+       (1UL)                                                                                   \
+      )                                                                                        \
+      :                                                                                        \
+      (                                                                                        \
+           ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5_COMP1)                \
+        || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3_COMP1)                \
+        || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM3_OC3_COMP1)                \
+      )                                                                                        \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__)       \
+  (((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE)                                  \
+    ? (                                                                                        \
+       (1UL)                                                                                   \
+      )                                                                                        \
+      :                                                                                        \
+      (                                                                                        \
+           ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5_COMP1)                \
+        || ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3_COMP1)                \
+      )                                                                                        \
+  )
+#endif /* TIM3 */
+#endif /* COMP2 */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected COMP instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @note   If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is
+  *         not possible.
+  *         The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
+  * @param  COMPx COMP instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: COMP registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: COMP registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
+
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       COMP instance must not be locked.                                  */
+  if (LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0UL)
+  {
+    LL_COMP_WriteReg(COMPx, CSR, 0x00000000UL);
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Comparator instance is locked: de-initialization by software is         */
+    /* not possible.                                                           */
+    /* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.       */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of COMP instance.
+  * @note   This function configures features of the selected COMP instance.
+  *         Some features are also available at scope COMP common instance
+  *         (common to several COMP instances).
+  *         Refer to functions having argument "COMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
+  * @param  COMPx COMP instance
+  * @param  COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: COMP registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: COMP registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_COMP_Init(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx, LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource));
+
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function)        */
+  /*       COMP instance must not be locked.                                  */
+  if (LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0UL)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of comparator instance :                                 */
+    /*  - PowerMode                                                           */
+    /*  - InputPlus                                                           */
+    /*  - InputMinus                                                          */
+    /*  - InputHysteresis                                                     */
+    /*  - OutputPolarity                                                      */
+    /*  - OutputBlankingSource                                                */
+#if defined(COMP_CSR_INMESEL_1)
+    MODIFY_REG(COMPx->CSR,
+               COMP_CSR_PWRMODE
+               | COMP_CSR_INPSEL
+               | COMP_CSR_SCALEN
+               | COMP_CSR_BRGEN
+               | COMP_CSR_INMESEL
+               | COMP_CSR_INMSEL
+               | COMP_CSR_HYST
+               | COMP_CSR_POLARITY
+               | COMP_CSR_BLANKING
+               ,
+               COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
+               | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
+               | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
+               | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
+               | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
+               | COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource
+              );
+#else
+    MODIFY_REG(COMPx->CSR,
+               COMP_CSR_PWRMODE
+               | COMP_CSR_INPSEL
+               | COMP_CSR_SCALEN
+               | COMP_CSR_BRGEN
+               | COMP_CSR_INMSEL
+               | COMP_CSR_HYST
+               | COMP_CSR_POLARITY
+               | COMP_CSR_BLANKING
+               ,
+               COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
+               | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
+               | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
+               | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
+               | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
+               | COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource
+              );
+#endif
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: COMP instance is locked.                         */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                        whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_COMP_StructInit(LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set COMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode            = LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER;
+  COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus            = LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1;
+  COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus           = LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT;
+  COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis      = LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE;
+  COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity       = LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED;
+  COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource = LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* COMP1 || COMP2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_crc.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (CRC)
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  CRCx CRC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
+
+  if (CRCx == CRC)
+  {
+    /* Force CRC reset */
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
+
+    /* Release CRC reset */
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (CRC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_crs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_crs.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRS LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_crs.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup CRS_LL CRS
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes CRS peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: CRS registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRS_DeInit(void)
+{
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
+
+  return  SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(CRS) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DAC LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_dac.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DAC1)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DAC_CHANNEL__)                                     \
+  (                                                                            \
+      ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                  \
+   || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2)                                  \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DAC_CHANNEL__)                                     \
+  (                                                                            \
+   ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                     \
+  )
+#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined (DAC_CR_TSEL1_3)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_LPTIM1_OUT)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_LPTIM2_OUT)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+#endif /* DAC_CR_TSEL1_3 */
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__)           \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__, __WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__)  \
+  ( (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE)                               \
+    && (  ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0)                            \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0)                         \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0)                        \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0))                       \
+    )                                                                                                     \
+  ||(((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE)                            \
+    && (  ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1)                              \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3)                              \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7)                              \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15)                             \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31)                             \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63)                             \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127)                            \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255)                            \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511)                            \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023)                           \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047)                           \
+       || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095))                          \
+    )                                                                                                     \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__)                             \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE)                     \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE)                    \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECTION(__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__)                     \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_GPIO)                  \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_INTERNAL)              \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE(__OUTPUT_MODE__)                                 \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_MODE__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_NORMAL)                         \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_MODE__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_SAMPLE_AND_HOLD)                \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+
+  /* Force reset of DAC clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+
+  /* Release reset of DAC clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of DAC channel.
+  * @note   @ref LL_DAC_Init() aims to ease basic configuration of a DAC channel.
+  *         Leaving it ready to be enabled and output:
+  *         a level by calling one of
+  *           @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
+  *           @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
+  *           @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned
+  *         or one of the supported autogenerated wave.
+  * @note   This function allows configuration of:
+  *          - Output mode
+  *          - Trigger
+  *          - Wave generation
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to DAC state:
+  *         DAC channel must be disabled.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @param  DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 (1)
+  *
+  *         (1) On this STM32 serie, parameter not available on all devices.
+  *             Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
+  * @param  DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECTION(DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
+  if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration,
+                                                  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
+  }
+
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function)        */
+  /*       DAC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if (LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of DAC channel:                                          */
+    /*  - TriggerSource                                                       */
+    /*  - WaveAutoGeneration                                                  */
+    /*  - OutputBuffer                                                        */
+    /*  - OutputConnection                                                    */
+    /*  - OutputMode                                                          */
+    if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_MAMP1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+    MODIFY_REG(DACx->MCR,
+               (DAC_MCR_MODE1_1
+                | DAC_MCR_MODE1_0
+                | DAC_MCR_MODE1_2
+               ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+              ,
+               (DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                | DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection
+                | DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode
+               ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+              );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled.                    */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                       whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource            = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration       = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
+  /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled,           */
+  /*       set anyway to its default value.                                   */
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
+  DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer             = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
+  DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection         = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_GPIO;
+  DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode               = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_NORMAL;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DAC1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_dma.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__)          (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__)               (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__)             ((__VALUE__)  <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__)      ((__VALUE__) <= 93U)
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_0)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_1)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_2)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_3)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_4)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_5)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_6)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_7))
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__)           (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW)    || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+#if defined (DMA2_Channel6) && defined (DMA2_Channel7)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                         (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                         (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#endif
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp;
+
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel) || (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL));
+
+  if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL)
+  {
+    if (DMAx == DMA1)
+    {
+      /* Force reset of DMA clock */
+      LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
+
+      /* Release reset of DMA clock */
+      LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
+    }
+#if defined(DMA2)
+    else if (DMAx == DMA2)
+    {
+      /* Force reset of DMA clock */
+      LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
+
+      /* Release reset of DMA clock */
+      LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
+    }
+#endif
+    else
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+    /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
+    CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
+    WRITE_REG(tmp->CCR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
+    WRITE_REG(tmp->CNDTR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
+    WRITE_REG(tmp->CPAR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory 0 address register */
+    WRITE_REG(tmp->CMAR, 0U);
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+    /* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
+    LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM);
+#else
+    /* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
+    LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMA_REQUEST_0);
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+    if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
+    }
+
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
+  * @note   To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
+
+  /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
+   *                          peripheral and memory increment mode,
+   *                          data size alignment and  priority level with parameters :
+   * - Direction:      DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
+   * - Mode:           DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode:  DMA_CCR_PINC bit
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode:  DMA_CCR_MINC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - Priority:               DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction              | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
+
+  /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
+   * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+  /*--------------------------- DMAMUXx CCR Configuration ----------------------
+   * Configure the DMA request for DMA Channels on DMAMUX Channel x with parameter :
+   * - PeriphRequest: DMA_CxCR[7:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
+#else
+  /*--------------------------- DMAx CSELR Configuration -----------------------
+   * Configure the DMA request for DMA instance on Channel x with parameter :
+   * - PeriphRequest: DMA_CSELR[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Direction              = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->NbData                 = 0x00000000U;
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest          = LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM;
+#else
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest          = LL_DMA_REQUEST_0;
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+  DMA_InitStruct->Priority               = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_dma2d.c

@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_dma2d.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA2D LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_dma2d.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif  /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DMA2D)
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Constants DMA2D Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define LL_DMA2D_COLOR            0xFFU                                      /*!< Maximum output color setting                   */
+#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES    DMA2D_NLR_NL                               /*!< Maximum number of lines                        */
+#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS   (DMA2D_NLR_PL >> DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos)         /*!< Maximum number of pixels per lines             */
+#define LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX       0x3FFFU                                    /*!< Maximum output line offset expressed in pixels */
+#define LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX     0xFFU                                      /*!< Maximum CLUT size                              */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(DMA2D_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_FG_BG_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(MODE)          (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M)                      || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC)                  || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND)                || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_FG) || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_BG) || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(MODE)          (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M)       || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC)   || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND) || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M))
+#endif /*DMA2D_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_FG_BG_SUPPORT*/
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(MODE_ARGB)   (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)   || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)   || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(GREEN)        ((GREEN) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(RED)            ((RED)   <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(BLUE)          ((BLUE)  <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(ALPHA)        ((ALPHA) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
+
+#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MODE(MODE)   (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_PIXELS) || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_BYTES))
+#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(OFFSET)      ((OFFSET) <= LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX)
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(LINES)         ((LINES)  <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(PIXELS)       ((PIXELS) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS)
+
+#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE(MODE)     (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE_REGULAR) || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE_TWO_BY_TWO))
+#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(ALPHA)     (((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR) || \
+                                         ((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_INVERTED))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(RBSWAP)      (((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR) || \
+                                         ((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_SWAP))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(MODE_ARGB)   (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB888)   || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB565)   || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB4444) || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L8)       || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL44)     || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL88)     || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L4)       || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A8)       || \
+                                         ((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A4))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(CLUTCMODE) (((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
+                                          ((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_RGB888))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(SIZE)      ((SIZE) <= LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX)
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(MODE)     (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF) || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_REPLACE)  || \
+                                         ((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_COMBINE))
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_EF_Init_Functions Initialization and De-initialization Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize DMA2D registers (registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DMA2D registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+
+  if (DMA2Dx == DMA2D)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of DMA2D clock */
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
+
+    /* Release reset of DMA2D clock */
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize DMA2D registers according to the specified parameters in DMA2D_InitStruct.
+  * @note   DMA2D transfers must be disabled to set initialization bits in configuration registers,
+  *         otherwise ERROR result is returned.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
+  * @param  DMA2D_InitStruct  pointer to a LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are initialized according to DMA2D_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Issue occurred during DMA2D registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef dma2d_colorstruct;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1;
+  uint32_t tmp2;
+  uint32_t regMask;
+  uint32_t regValue;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha));
+#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputSwapMode));
+#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
+#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffsetMode));
+#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode));
+
+  /* DMA2D transfers must be disabled to configure bits in initialization registers */
+  tmp = LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing(DMA2Dx);
+  tmp1 = LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
+  tmp2 = LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
+  if ((tmp == 0U) && (tmp1 == 0U) && (tmp2 == 0U))
+  {
+    /* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
+    MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->CR, (DMA2D_CR_MODE | DMA2D_CR_LOM), \
+               (DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode | DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffsetMode));
+#else
+    LL_DMA2D_SetMode(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode);
+#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
+
+    /* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+    regMask = DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM;
+    regValue = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
+
+#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
+    regMask |= DMA2D_OPFCCR_SB;
+    regValue |= DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputSwapMode;
+#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
+
+    regMask |= (DMA2D_OPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_OPFCCR_AI);
+    regValue |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode);
+
+
+    MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->OPFCCR, regMask, regValue);
+
+    /* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+    LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset);
+
+    /* DMA2D NLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+    LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines);
+
+    /* DMA2D OMAR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+    LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress);
+
+    /* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+    dma2d_colorstruct.ColorMode   = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
+    dma2d_colorstruct.OutputBlue  = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue;
+    dma2d_colorstruct.OutputGreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen;
+    dma2d_colorstruct.OutputRed   = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed;
+    dma2d_colorstruct.OutputAlpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha;
+    LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2Dx, &dma2d_colorstruct);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* If DMA2D transfers are not disabled, return ERROR */
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param DMA2D_InitStruct  pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA2D_StructInit(LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DMA2D_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode                = LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode           = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines          = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines = 0x0U;
+#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffsetMode      = LL_DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_PIXELS;
+#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset          = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue          = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen         = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed           = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha         = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
+#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputSwapMode      = LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE_REGULAR;
+#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode  = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
+  DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode          = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the foreground or background according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
+  * @param  DMA2D_LayerCfg  pointer to a LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified layer.
+  * @param  LayerIdx  DMA2D Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode));
+
+
+  if (LayerIdx == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configure the background memory address */
+    LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
+
+    /* Configure the background line offset */
+    LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
+
+    /* Configure the background Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
+       CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
+    MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->BGPFCCR, \
+               (DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | \
+                DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM), \
+               ((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
+                DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
+                (DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
+                DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
+
+    /* Configure the background color */
+    LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
+
+    /* Configure the background CLUT memory address */
+    LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure the foreground memory address */
+    LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
+
+    /* Configure the foreground line offset */
+    LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
+
+    /* Configure the foreground Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
+       CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
+    MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->FGPFCCR, \
+               (DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | \
+                DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM), \
+               ((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
+                DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
+                (DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
+                DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
+
+    /* Configure the foreground color */
+    LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
+
+    /* Configure the foreground CLUT memory address */
+    LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param DMA2D_LayerCfg  pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure
+  *                        whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgStructInit(LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg)
+{
+  /* Set DMA2D_LayerCfg fields to default values */
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress      = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode          = LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset         = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode      = LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize           = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode          = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha              = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue               = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green              = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red                = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress  = 0x0U;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
+  DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode         = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize DMA2D output color register according to the specified parameters
+  *         in DMA2D_ColorStruct.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
+  * @param  DMA2D_ColorStruct  pointer to a LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the color configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef *DMA2D_ColorStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t outgreen;
+  uint32_t outred;
+  uint32_t outalpha;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha));
+
+  /* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+  if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
+  {
+    outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
+    outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
+    outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 24U;
+  }
+  else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
+  {
+    outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
+    outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
+    outalpha = 0x00000000U;
+  }
+  else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
+  {
+    outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
+    outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 11U;
+    outalpha = 0x00000000U;
+  }
+  else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
+  {
+    outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
+    outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 10U;
+    outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 15U;
+  }
+  else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
+  {
+    outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 4U;
+    outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 8U;
+    outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 12U;
+  }
+  LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor(DMA2Dx, (outgreen | outred | DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue | outalpha));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return DMA2D output Blue color.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
+  * @param  ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
+  * @retval Output Blue color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputBlueColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
+{
+  uint32_t color;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
+
+  /* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
+  if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
+  }
+  else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFU));
+  }
+
+  return color;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return DMA2D output Green color.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
+  * @param  ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
+  * @retval Output Green color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputGreenColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
+{
+  uint32_t color;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
+
+  /* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
+  if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7E0U) >> 5U);
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x3E0U) >> 5U);
+  }
+  else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF0U) >> 4U);
+  }
+
+  return color;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return DMA2D output Red color.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
+  * @param  ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
+  * @retval Output Red color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRedColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
+{
+  uint32_t color;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
+
+  /* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
+  if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF800U) >> 11U);
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7C00U) >> 10U);
+  }
+  else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF00U) >> 8U);
+  }
+
+  return color;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return DMA2D output Alpha color.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
+  * @param  ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
+  * @retval Output Alpha color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
+{
+  uint32_t color;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
+
+  /* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
+  if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF000000U) >> 24U);
+  }
+  else if ((ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565))
+  {
+    color = 0x0U;
+  }
+  else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x8000U) >> 15U);
+  }
+  else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
+  {
+    color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF000U) >> 12U);
+  }
+
+  return color;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure DMA2D transfer size.
+  * @param  DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
+  * @param  NbrOfLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
+  * @param  NbrOfPixelsPerLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t NbrOfLines, uint32_t NbrOfPixelsPerLines)
+{
+  MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->NLR, (DMA2D_NLR_PL | DMA2D_NLR_NL), \
+             ((NbrOfPixelsPerLines << DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) | NbrOfLines));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (DMA2D) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_exti.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (EXTI)
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__)              (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(__VALUE__)             (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_32_63) == 0x00000000U)
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__)                   (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT)            \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT)         \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__)                (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)       \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)     \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)    \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - 0x00: EXTI registers are de-initialized
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR1,   0xFF820000U);
+  /* Event mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR1,   0x00000000U);
+  /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR1,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR1,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER1, 0x00000000U);
+  /* Pending register clear */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR1,    0x007DFFFFU);
+
+  /* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
+#if defined(LL_EXTI_LINE_40)
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2,        0x00000187U);
+#else
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2,        0x00000087U);
+#endif
+  /* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2,        0x00000000U);
+  /* Rising Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR2,       0x00000000U);
+  /* Falling Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR2,       0x00000000U);
+  /* Software interrupt event register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER2,      0x00000000U);
+  /* Pending register 2 clear */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR2,         0x00000078U);
+
+  return 0x00u;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - 0x00: EXTI registers are initialized
+  *          - any other value : wrong configuration
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0x00u;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
+
+  /* ENABLE LineCommand */
+  if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+    {
+      switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+      {
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+          /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+          /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+          /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        default:
+          status = 0x01u;
+          break;
+      }
+      if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+      {
+        switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+        {
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+            /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+            /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          default:
+            status |= 0x02u;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+    {
+      switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+      {
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+          /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+          /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+          /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          break;
+        default:
+          status |= 0x04u;
+          break;
+      }
+      if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+      {
+        switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+        {
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+            /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+            /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            break;
+          default:
+            status = ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* DISABLE LineCommand */
+  else
+  {
+    /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+    LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+    /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
+    LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+    LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31      = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63     = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand    = DISABLE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Mode           = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger        = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_fmc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,860 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_fmc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Flexible Memory Controller (FMC) peripheral memories:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FMC peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Flexible memory controller (FMC) includes following memory controllers:
+       (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
+     (+) The NAND memory controller
+
+  [..] The FMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
+       memories. Its main purposes are:
+       (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol
+       (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices
+
+  [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
+       Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FMC performs
+       only one access at a time to an external device.
+       The main features of the FMC controller are the following:
+        (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
+           (++) Static random access memory (SRAM)
+           (++) Read-only memory (ROM)
+           (++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory
+           (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks)
+           (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
+                data
+        (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank
+        (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED)
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL  FMC Low Layer
+  * @brief FMC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Private_Constants FMC Low Layer Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ----------------------- FMC registers bit mask --------------------------- */
+
+#if defined(FMC_BANK1)
+/* --- BCR Register ---*/
+/* BCR register clear mask */
+
+/* --- BTR Register ---*/
+/* BTR register clear mask */
+#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
+#define BTR_CLEAR_MASK    ((uint32_t)(FMC_BTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD  |\
+                                      FMC_BTRx_DATAST | FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN |\
+                                      FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV | FMC_BTRx_DATLAT  |\
+                                      FMC_BTRx_ACCMOD | FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD))
+#else
+#define BTR_CLEAR_MASK    ((uint32_t)(FMC_BTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD  |\
+                                      FMC_BTRx_DATAST | FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN |\
+                                      FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV | FMC_BTRx_DATLAT  |\
+                                      FMC_BTRx_ACCMOD))
+#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+
+/* --- BWTR Register ---*/
+/* BWTR register clear mask */
+#if defined(FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD)
+#define BWTR_CLEAR_MASK   ((uint32_t)(FMC_BWTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD  |\
+                                      FMC_BWTRx_DATAST | FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN |\
+                                      FMC_BWTRx_ACCMOD | FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD))
+#else
+#define BWTR_CLEAR_MASK   ((uint32_t)(FMC_BWTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD  |\
+                                      FMC_BWTRx_DATAST | FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN |\
+                                      FMC_BWTRx_ACCMOD))
+#endif /* FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD */
+#endif /* FMC_BANK1 */
+#if defined(FMC_BANK3)
+
+/* --- PCR Register ---*/
+/* PCR register clear mask */
+#define PCR_CLEAR_MASK    ((uint32_t)(FMC_PCR_PWAITEN | FMC_PCR_PBKEN  | \
+                                      FMC_PCR_PTYP    | FMC_PCR_PWID   | \
+                                      FMC_PCR_ECCEN   | FMC_PCR_TCLR   | \
+                                      FMC_PCR_TAR     | FMC_PCR_ECCPS))
+/* --- PMEM Register ---*/
+/* PMEM register clear mask */
+#define PMEM_CLEAR_MASK   ((uint32_t)(FMC_PMEM_MEMSET  | FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT |\
+                                      FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD | FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ))
+
+/* --- PATT Register ---*/
+/* PATT register clear mask */
+#define PATT_CLEAR_MASK   ((uint32_t)(FMC_PATT_ATTSET  | FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT |\
+                                      FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD | FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ))
+
+#endif /* FMC_BANK3 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions FMC Low Layer Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(FMC_BANK1)
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NORSRAM FMC Low Layer NOR SRAM Exported Functions
+  * @brief  NORSRAM Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NORSRAM banks in order
+    to run the NORSRAM external devices.
+
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
+        FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Init Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device,
+                                    FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t flashaccess;
+  uint32_t btcr_reg;
+  uint32_t mask;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(Init->ContinuousClock));
+#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_FIFO(Init->WriteFifo));
+#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize));
+#if defined(FMC_BCRx_NBLSET)
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NBL_SETUPTIME(Init->NBLSetupTime));
+#endif /* FMC_BCRx_NBLSET */
+#if defined(FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT)
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(Init->MaxChipSelectPulse));
+#endif /* FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT */
+
+  /* Disable NORSRAM Device */
+  __FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Init->NSBank);
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
+  if (Init->MemoryType == FMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
+  {
+    flashaccess = FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    flashaccess = FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE;
+  }
+
+  btcr_reg = (flashaccess                   | \
+              Init->DataAddressMux          | \
+              Init->MemoryType              | \
+              Init->MemoryDataWidth         | \
+              Init->BurstAccessMode         | \
+              Init->WaitSignalPolarity      | \
+              Init->WaitSignalActive        | \
+              Init->WriteOperation          | \
+              Init->WaitSignal              | \
+              Init->ExtendedMode            | \
+              Init->AsynchronousWait        | \
+              Init->WriteBurst);
+
+  btcr_reg |= Init->ContinuousClock;
+#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
+  btcr_reg |= Init->WriteFifo;
+#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
+#if defined(FMC_BCRx_NBLSET)
+  btcr_reg |= Init->NBLSetupTime;
+#endif /* FMC_BCRx_NBLSET */
+  btcr_reg |= Init->PageSize;
+
+  mask = (FMC_BCRx_MBKEN                |
+          FMC_BCRx_MUXEN                |
+          FMC_BCRx_MTYP                 |
+          FMC_BCRx_MWID                 |
+          FMC_BCRx_FACCEN               |
+          FMC_BCRx_BURSTEN              |
+          FMC_BCRx_WAITPOL              |
+          FMC_BCRx_WAITCFG              |
+          FMC_BCRx_WREN                 |
+          FMC_BCRx_WAITEN               |
+          FMC_BCRx_EXTMOD               |
+          FMC_BCRx_ASYNCWAIT            |
+          FMC_BCRx_CBURSTRW);
+
+  mask |= FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN;
+#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
+  mask |= FMC_BCR1_WFDIS;
+#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
+#if defined(FMC_BCRx_NBLSET)
+  mask |= FMC_BCRx_NBLSET;
+#endif /* FMC_BCRx_NBLSET */
+  mask |= FMC_BCRx_CPSIZE;
+
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank], mask, btcr_reg);
+
+  /* Configure synchronous mode when Continuous clock is enabled for bank2..4 */
+  if ((Init->ContinuousClock == FMC_CONTINUOUS_CLOCK_SYNC_ASYNC) && (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1))
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN, Init->ContinuousClock);
+  }
+#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
+
+  if (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    /* Configure Write FIFO mode when Write Fifo is enabled for bank2..4 */
+    SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], (uint32_t)(Init->WriteFifo));
+  }
+#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
+#if defined(FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT)
+
+  /* Check PSRAM chip select counter state */
+  if (Init->MaxChipSelectPulse == ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_MAX_CHIP_SELECT_PULSE_TIME(Init->MaxChipSelectPulseTime));
+
+    /* Configure PSRAM chip select counter value */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT, (uint32_t)(Init->MaxChipSelectPulseTime));
+
+    /* Enable PSRAM chip select counter for the bank */
+    switch (Init->NSBank)
+    {
+      case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 :
+        SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB1EN);
+        break;
+
+      case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2 :
+        SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB2EN);
+        break;
+
+      case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 :
+        SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB3EN);
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB4EN);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the FMC_NORSRAM peripheral
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  ExDevice Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
+  * @param  Bank NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device,
+                                     FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the FMC_NORSRAM device */
+  __FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device */
+  /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
+  if (Bank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DBU;
+  }
+  /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2U;
+  }
+
+  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
+  ExDevice->BWTR[Bank]   = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
+#if defined(FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT)
+
+  /* De-initialize PSRAM chip select counter */
+  switch (Bank)
+  {
+    case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 :
+      CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB1EN);
+      break;
+
+    case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2 :
+      CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB2EN);
+      break;
+
+    case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 :
+      CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB3EN);
+      break;
+
+    default :
+      CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB4EN);
+      break;
+  }
+#endif /* FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device,
+                                          FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATAHOLD_DURATION(Timing->DataHoldTime));
+#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
+#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U], BTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime                                  |
+                                                       ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)        << FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos)  |
+                                                       ((Timing->DataSetupTime)          << FMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos)  |
+                                                       ((Timing->DataHoldTime)           << FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD_Pos) |
+                                                       ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)  << FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos) |
+                                                       (((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U)     << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos)  |
+                                                       (((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U)     << FMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos)  |
+                                                       (Timing->AccessMode)));
+#else /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U], BTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime                                  |
+                                                       ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)        << FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos)  |
+                                                       ((Timing->DataSetupTime)          << FMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos)  |
+                                                       ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)  << FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos) |
+                                                       (((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U)     << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos)  |
+                                                       (((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U)     << FMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos)  |
+                                                       (Timing->AccessMode)));
+#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+
+  /* Configure Clock division value (in NORSRAM bank 1) when continuous clock is enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN))
+  {
+    tmpr = (uint32_t)(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1U] & ~((0x0FU) << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos));
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos);
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1U], FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV, tmpr);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank NORSRAM bank number
+  * @param  ExtendedMode FMC Extended Mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_DISABLE
+  *            @arg FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device,
+                                                   FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank,
+                                                   uint32_t ExtendedMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+  if (ExtendedMode == FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_DATAHOLD_DURATION(Timing->DataHoldTime));
+#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+    /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime                                    |
+                                                     ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)        << FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos)  |
+                                                     ((Timing->DataSetupTime)          << FMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos)  |
+                                                     ((Timing->DataHoldTime)           << FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD_Pos) |
+                                                     Timing->AccessMode                                          |
+                                                     ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)  << FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)));
+#else /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+    MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime                                    |
+                                                     ((Timing->AddressHoldTime)        << FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos)  |
+                                                     ((Timing->DataSetupTime)          << FMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos)  |
+                                                     Timing->AccessMode                                          |
+                                                     ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)  << FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)));
+#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### FMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FMC NORSRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  CLEAR_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* FMC_BANK1 */
+
+#if defined(FMC_BANK3)
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NAND FMC Low Layer NAND Exported Functions
+  * @brief    NAND Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use NAND device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NAND banks in order
+    to run the NAND external devices.
+
+    (+) FMC NAND bank reset using the function FMC_NAND_DeInit()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FMC_NAND_Init()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
+        FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FMC_NAND_GetECC()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Init Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature                            |
+                                           FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND                     |
+                                           Init->MemoryDataWidth                        |
+                                           Init->EccComputation                         |
+                                           Init->ECCPageSize                            |
+                                           ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FMC_PCR_TCLR_Pos)  |
+                                           ((Init->TARSetupTime)  << FMC_PCR_TAR_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device,
+                                                   FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(Bank);
+
+  /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime                                 |
+                                             ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT_Pos) |
+                                             ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD_Pos) |
+                                             ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device,
+                                                      FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(Bank);
+
+  /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime                                 |
+                                             ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT_Pos) |
+                                             ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD_Pos) |
+                                             ((Timing->HiZSetupTime)  << FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ_Pos)));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the NAND Bank */
+  __FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(Bank);
+
+  /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PCR,  0x00000018U);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->SR,   0x00000040U);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+  WRITE_REG(Device->PATT, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### FMC_NAND Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FMC NAND interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable ECC feature */
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(Bank);
+
+  SET_BIT(Device->PCR, FMC_PCR_ECCEN);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable ECC feature */
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(Bank);
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR, FMC_PCR_ECCEN);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  ECCval Pointer to ECC value
+  * @param  Bank NAND bank number
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout wait value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank,
+                                  uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
+  while (__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(Bank);
+
+  /* Get the ECCR register value */
+  *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* FMC_BANK3 */
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) || defined (GPIOI)
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+  * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
+  * range of the shift operator in following API :
+  * LL_GPIO_Init
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__)          (((0x00u) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT)     ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL)  ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW)       ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH)      ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_8  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_9  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_10 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_11 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_12 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_13 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_14 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_15 ))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR:   Wrong GPIO Port
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+  /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
+  if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+  }
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOD */
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOE */
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOF */
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOG */
+#if defined(GPIOH)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOH)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOH */
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOI)
+  {
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI);
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOI */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR:   Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pinpos;
+  uint32_t currentpin;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
+
+  /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
+  /* Initialize  pinpos on first pin set */
+  pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin);
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001uL << pinpos);
+
+    if (currentpin != 0x00u)
+    {
+      if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
+      {
+        /* Check Speed mode parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
+
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
+
+        /* Check Output mode parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
+
+        /* Output mode configuration*/
+        LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
+      }
+
+      /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
+
+      if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
+      {
+        /* Check Alternate parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
+
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8)
+        {
+          LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Pin Mode configuration */
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
+    }
+    pinpos++;
+  }
+
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pin        = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Mode       = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Speed      = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pull       = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate  = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) || defined (GPIOI) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_i2c.c

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3) || defined (I2C4)
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C)          || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__)     ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__)       ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__)   (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__)       (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+  }
+#if defined(I2C2)
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+  }
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
+  }
+#if defined(I2C4)
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C4)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_I2C4);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_I2C4);
+  }
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
+   * - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
+   * - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
+   * Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
+   * - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
+   *           I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
+
+  /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
+   * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
+   * - OwnAddress1:  I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
+   * - OwnAddrSize:  I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+  LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
+
+  /* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
+  if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
+  {
+    LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
+  * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
+   * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
+   * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
+   * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode  = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
+  I2C_InitStruct->Timing          = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter    = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
+  I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter   = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1     = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize     = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 || I2C4 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_lptim.c

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_lptim.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   LPTIM LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_lptim.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rcc.h"
+
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (LPTIM1) || defined (LPTIM2)
+
+/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL) \
+                                             || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1)   \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2)   \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4)   \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8)   \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16)  \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32)  \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64)  \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR) \
+                                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Functions LPTIM Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set LPTIMx registers to their reset values.
+  * @param  LPTIMx LP Timer instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: LPTIMx registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: invalid LPTIMx instance
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
+
+  if (LPTIMx == LPTIM1)
+  {
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
+  }
+#if defined(LPTIM2)
+  else if (LPTIMx == LPTIM2)
+  {
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
+  }
+#endif /* LPTIM2 */
+  else
+  {
+    result = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each fields of the LPTIM_InitStruct structure to its default
+  *         value.
+  * @param  LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_LPTIM_StructInit(LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set the default configuration */
+  LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource = LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL;
+  LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler   = LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1;
+  LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform    = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM;
+  LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity    = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters.
+  * @note LL_LPTIM_Init can only be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
+  * @note LPTIMx can be disabled using unitary function @ref LL_LPTIM_Disable().
+  * @param  LPTIMx LP Timer Instance
+  * @param  LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: LPTIMx instance has been initialized
+  *          - ERROR: LPTIMx instance hasn't been initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx, const LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity));
+
+  /* The LPTIMx_CFGR register must only be modified when the LPTIM is disabled
+     (ENABLE bit is reset to 0).
+  */
+  if (LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled(LPTIMx) == 1UL)
+  {
+    result = ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set CKSEL bitfield according to ClockSource value */
+    /* Set PRESC bitfield according to Prescaler value */
+    /* Set WAVE bitfield according to Waveform value */
+    /* Set WAVEPOL bitfield according to Polarity value */
+    MODIFY_REG(LPTIMx->CFGR,
+               (LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL | LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVPOL),
+               LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource | \
+               LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler | \
+               LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform | \
+               LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity);
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the LPTIM instance
+  * @rmtoll CR           ENABLE        LL_LPTIM_Disable
+  * @param  LPTIMx Low-Power Timer instance
+  * @note   The following sequence is required to solve LPTIM disable HW limitation.
+  *         Please check Errata Sheet ES0335 for more details under "MCU may remain
+  *         stuck in LPTIM interrupt when entering Stop mode" section.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_LPTIM_Disable(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
+{
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clock;
+  uint32_t tmpclksource = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpIER;
+  uint32_t tmpCFGR;
+  uint32_t tmpCMP;
+  uint32_t tmpARR;
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  uint32_t tmpOR;
+#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
+  uint32_t tmpRCR;
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
+
+  /* Enter critical section */
+  primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+  __set_PRIMASK(1) ;
+
+  /********** Save LPTIM Config *********/
+  /* Save LPTIM source clock */
+  switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
+  {
+    case LPTIM1_BASE:
+      tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE);
+      break;
+#if defined(LPTIM2)
+    case LPTIM2_BASE:
+      tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM2_CLKSOURCE);
+      break;
+#endif /* LPTIM2 */
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Save LPTIM configuration registers */
+  tmpIER = LPTIMx->IER;
+  tmpCFGR = LPTIMx->CFGR;
+  tmpCMP = LPTIMx->CMP;
+  tmpARR = LPTIMx->ARR;
+  tmpOR = LPTIMx->OR;
+#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
+  tmpRCR = LPTIMx->RCR;
+#endif
+
+  /************* Reset LPTIM ************/
+  (void)LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIMx);
+
+  /********* Restore LPTIM Config *******/
+  LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
+
+#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
+  if ((tmpCMP != 0UL) || (tmpARR != 0UL) || (tmpRCR != 0UL))
+#else
+  if ((tmpCMP != 0UL) || (tmpARR != 0UL))
+#endif
+  {
+    /* Force LPTIM source kernel clock from APB */
+    switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
+    {
+      case LPTIM1_BASE:
+        LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
+        break;
+#if defined(LPTIM2)
+      case LPTIM2_BASE:
+        LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM2_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
+        break;
+#endif /* LPTIM2 */
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (tmpCMP != 0UL)
+    {
+      /* Restore CMP and ARR registers (LPTIM should be enabled first) */
+      LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
+      LPTIMx->CMP = tmpCMP;
+
+      /* Polling on CMP write ok status after above restore operation */
+      do
+      {
+        rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
+      } while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
+
+      LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx);
+    }
+
+    if (tmpARR != 0UL)
+    {
+      LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
+      LPTIMx->ARR = tmpARR;
+
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
+      /* Polling on ARR write ok status after above restore operation */
+      do
+      {
+        rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
+      }
+      while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
+
+      LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx);
+    }
+
+#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
+    if (tmpRCR != 0UL)
+    {
+      LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
+      LPTIMx->RCR = tmpRCR;
+
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
+      /* Polling on RCR write ok status after above restore operation */
+      do
+      {
+        rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
+      } while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_REPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
+
+      LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_REPOK(LPTIMx);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Restore LPTIM source kernel clock */
+    LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(tmpclksource);
+  }
+
+  /* Restore configuration registers (LPTIM should be disabled first) */
+  LPTIMx->CR &= ~(LPTIM_CR_ENABLE);
+  LPTIMx->IER = tmpIER;
+  LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpCFGR;
+  LPTIMx->OR = tmpOR;
+
+  /* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
+  __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* LPTIM1 || LPTIM2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_lpuart.c

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_lpuart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   LPUART LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_lpuart.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (LPUART1)
+
+/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of LPUART registers                  */
+
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV6) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV10) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV12) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV128) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV256))
+
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+/* __BAUDRATE__ Depending on constraints applicable for LPUART BRR register   */
+/*              value :                                                       */
+/*                - fck must be in the range [3 x baudrate, 4096 x baudrate]  */
+/*                - LPUART_BRR register value should be >= 0x300              */
+/*                - LPUART_BRR register value should be <= 0xFFFFF (20 bits)  */
+/*              Baudrate specified by the user should belong to [8, 40000000].*/
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) (((__BAUDRATE__) <= 40000000U) && ((__BAUDRATE__) >= 8U))
+
+/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be greater than or equal to 0x300. */
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__)   ((__VALUE__) >= 0x300U)
+
+/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF. */
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__)   ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000FFFFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_RX) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_ODD))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_2))
+
+#define IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize LPUART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  LPUARTx LPUART Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_DeInit(const USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
+
+  if (LPUARTx == LPUART1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of LPUART peripheral */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPUART1);
+
+    /* Release reset of LPUART peripheral */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPUART1);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize LPUART registers according to the specified
+  *         parameters in LPUART_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in LPUART configuration registers can only be written when
+  *         the LPUART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+  *         LPUART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function.
+  *         Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @note   Baud rate value stored in LPUART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
+  * @param  LPUARTx LPUART Instance
+  * @param  LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified LPUART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are initialized according to LPUART_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during LPUART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_Init(USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx, const LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  uint32_t periphclk;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(LPUART_InitStruct->Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
+
+  /* LPUART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers. Otherwise (LPUART not in Disabled state) => return ERROR */
+  if (LL_LPUART_IsEnabled(LPUARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- LPUART CR1 Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure LPUARTx CR1 (LPUART Word Length, Parity and Transfer Direction bits) with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          USART_CR1_M bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
+     * - Parity:             USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->Parity value
+     * - TransferDirection:  USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(LPUARTx->CR1,
+               (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE),
+               (LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth | LPUART_InitStruct->Parity | LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+
+    /*---------------------------- LPUART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure LPUARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
+     * - Stop Bits:          USART_CR2_STOP bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
+     */
+    LL_LPUART_SetStopBitsLength(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits);
+
+    /*---------------------------- LPUART CR3 Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure LPUARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
+     * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according
+     *   to LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
+     */
+    LL_LPUART_SetHWFlowCtrl(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
+
+    /*---------------------------- LPUART BRR Configuration -----------------------
+     * Retrieve Clock frequency used for LPUART Peripheral
+     */
+    periphclk = LL_RCC_GetLPUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_LPUART1_CLKSOURCE);
+
+    /* Configure the LPUART Baud Rate :
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+       - prescaler value is required
+#endif
+       - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
+       - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
+    */
+    if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
+        && (LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+      LL_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUARTx,
+                            periphclk,
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+                            LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue,
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+                            LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
+
+      /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 0x300 */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(LPUARTx->BRR));
+
+      /* Check BRR is lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(LPUARTx->BRR));
+    }
+
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+    /*---------------------------- LPUART PRESC Configuration -----------------------
+     * Configure LPUARTx PRESC (Prescaler) with parameters:
+     * - PrescalerValue: LPUART_PRESC_PRESCALER bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue value.
+     */
+    LL_LPUART_SetPrescaler(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue);
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_LPUART_StructInit(LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set LPUART_InitStruct fields to default values */
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+  LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue      = LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1;
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+  LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate            = 9600U;
+  LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth           = LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
+  LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits            = LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1;
+  LPUART_InitStruct->Parity              = LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE ;
+  LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection   = LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
+  LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* LPUART1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_opamp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_opamp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   OPAMP LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_opamp.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (OPAMP1) || defined (OPAMP2)
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL OPAMP
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of OPAMP hierarchical scope:         */
+/* OPAMP instance.                                                            */
+
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__)                                 \
+  (   ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER)                     \
+   || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER))
+
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__)                       \
+  (   ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_STANDALONE)                      \
+   || ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)                        \
+   || ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_PGA)                             \
+  )
+
+/* Note: Comparator non-inverting inputs parameters are the same on all       */
+/*       OPAMP instances.                                                     */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING(__OPAMPX__, __INPUT_NONINVERTING__)     \
+  (   ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO0)               \
+   || ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINV_DAC1_CH1)             \
+  )
+
+/* Note: Comparator non-inverting inputs parameters are the same on all       */
+/*       OPAMP instances.                                                     */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING(__OPAMPX__, __INPUT_INVERTING__)           \
+  (   ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_IO0)                     \
+   || ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_IO1)                     \
+   || ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO)              \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected OPAMP instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @param  OPAMPx OPAMP instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: OPAMP registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: OPAMP registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_OPAMP_DeInit(OPAMP_TypeDef* OPAMPx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(OPAMPx));
+
+  LL_OPAMP_WriteReg(OPAMPx, CSR, 0x00000000U);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of OPAMP instance.
+  * @note   This function reset bit of calibration mode to ensure
+  *         to be in functional mode, in order to have OPAMP parameters
+  *         (inputs selection, ...) set with the corresponding OPAMP mode
+  *         to be effective.
+  * @note   This function configures features of the selected OPAMP instance.
+  *         Some features are also available at scope OPAMP common instance
+  *         (common to several OPAMP instances).
+  *         Refer to functions having argument "OPAMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
+  * @param  OPAMPx OPAMP instance
+  * @param  OPAMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: OPAMP registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: OPAMP registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_OPAMP_Init(OPAMP_TypeDef *OPAMPx, LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef *OPAMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(OPAMPx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_POWER_MODE(OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING(OPAMPx, OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting));
+
+  /* Note: OPAMP inverting input can be used with OPAMP in mode standalone    */
+  /*       or PGA with external capacitors for filtering circuit.             */
+  /*       Otherwise (OPAMP in mode follower), OPAMP inverting input is       */
+  /*       not used (not connected to GPIO pin).                              */
+  if(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode != LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING(OPAMPx, OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting));
+  }
+
+  /* Configuration of OPAMP instance :                                        */
+  /*  - PowerMode                                                             */
+  /*  - Functional mode                                                       */
+  /*  - Input non-inverting                                                   */
+  /*  - Input inverting                                                       */
+  /* Note: Bit OPAMP_CSR_CALON reset to ensure to be in functional mode.      */
+  if(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode != LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(OPAMPx->CSR,
+                 OPAMP_CSR_OPALPM
+               | OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE
+               | OPAMP_CSR_CALON
+               | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL
+               | OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL
+              ,
+                 (OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode & OPAMP_POWERMODE_CSR_BIT_MASK)
+               | OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode
+               | OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting
+               | OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting
+              );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(OPAMPx->CSR,
+                 OPAMP_CSR_OPALPM
+               | OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE
+               | OPAMP_CSR_CALON
+               | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL
+               | OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL
+              ,
+                 (OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode & OPAMP_POWERMODE_CSR_BIT_MASK)
+               | LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER
+               | OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting
+               | LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO
+              );
+  }
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param OPAMP_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_OPAMP_StructInit(LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef *OPAMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set OPAMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode         = LL_OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER;
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode    = LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER;
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting = LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO0;
+  /* Note: Parameter discarded if OPAMP in functional mode follower,          */
+  /*       set anyway to its default value.                                   */
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting    = LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* OPAMP1 || OPAMP2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_pka.c

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_pka.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PKA LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_pka.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(PKA)
+
+/** @addtogroup PKA_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PKA_LL_Private_Macros PKA Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_PKA_MODE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_MOD_EXP) ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM)          ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_EXP)               ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_ECC)      ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECC_KP_PRIMITIVE)          ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECDSA_SIGNATURE)           ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECDSA_VERIFICATION)        ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_POINT_CHECK)               ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_RSA_CRT_EXP)               ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_INV)               ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_ADD)            ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_SUB)            ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_MUL)            ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_COMPARISON)                ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_REDUC)             ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_ADD)               ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_SUB)               ||\
+                                       ((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_MUL))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PKA_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PKA_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize PKA registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  PKAx PKA Instance.
+  * @retval ErrorStatus
+  *          - SUCCESS: PKA registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: PKA registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PKA_DeInit(PKA_TypeDef *PKAx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PKA_ALL_INSTANCE(PKAx));
+
+  if (PKAx == PKA)
+  {
+    /* Force PKA reset */
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_PKA);
+
+    /* Release PKA reset */
+    LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_PKA);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize PKA registers according to the specified parameters in PKA_InitStruct.
+  * @param  PKAx PKA Instance.
+  * @param  PKA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified PKA peripheral.
+  * @retval ErrorStatus
+  *          - SUCCESS: PKA registers are initialized according to PKA_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR:   Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PKA_Init(PKA_TypeDef *PKAx, LL_PKA_InitTypeDef *PKA_InitStruct)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PKA_ALL_INSTANCE(PKAx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_PKA_MODE(PKA_InitStruct->Mode));
+
+  LL_PKA_Config(PKAx, PKA_InitStruct->Mode);
+
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param PKA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                       whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_PKA_StructInit(LL_PKA_InitTypeDef *PKA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset PKA init structure parameters values */
+  PKA_InitStruct->Mode       = LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_MOD_EXP;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (PKA) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(PWR)
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Force reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  /* Release reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined(PWR) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_rng.c

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_rng.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RNG LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rng.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (RNG)
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
+/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_RNG_CED(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == LL_RNG_CED_ENABLE) || \
+                                 ((__MODE__) == LL_RNG_CED_DISABLE))
+
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+#define IS_LL_RNG_CLOCK_DIVIDER(__CLOCK_DIV__) ((__CLOCK_DIV__) <=0x0Fu)
+
+
+#define IS_LL_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANCE(__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) (((__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) == LL_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANT) || \
+                                                     ((__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) == LL_RNG_NOTNIST_COMPLIANT))
+
+#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG1 (__CONFIG1__) ((__CONFIG1__) <= 0x3FUL)
+
+#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG2 (__CONFIG2__) ((__CONFIG2__) <= 0x07UL)
+
+#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG3 (__CONFIG3__) ((__CONFIG3__) <= 0xFUL)
+#endif /* end of RNG_CR_CONDRST*/
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize RNG registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  RNGx RNG Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RNG registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
+  /* Enable RNG reset state */
+  LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
+
+  /* Release RNG from reset state */
+  LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize RNG registers according to the specified parameters in RNG_InitStruct.
+  * @param  RNGx RNG Instance
+  * @param  RNG_InitStruct pointer to a LL_RNG_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified RNG peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RNG registers are initialized according to RNG_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RNG_Init(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx, LL_RNG_InitTypeDef *RNG_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RNG_CED(RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection));
+
+#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
+  /* Clock Error Detection Configuration when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
+  MODIFY_REG(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST, RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection | RNG_CR_CONDRST);
+  /* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
+#else
+  /* Clock Error Detection configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CED, RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection);
+#endif
+
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_RNG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param RNG_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RNG_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                       whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RNG_StructInit(LL_RNG_InitTypeDef *RNG_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set RNG_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection = LL_RNG_CED_ENABLE;
+
+}
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* RNG */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_rtc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_rtc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RTC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_cortex.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RTC)
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Default values used for prescaler */
+#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT     0x0000007FU
+#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT      0x000000FFU
+
+/* Values used for timeout */
+#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT         1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT          1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)   ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)    ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__)            (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__)            ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__)        ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__)        ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__)    (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__MONTH__) (((__MONTH__) >= 1U) && ((__MONTH__) <= 12U))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
+                                                  ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
+                                                  ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+  * @note   This function does not reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+  *         registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  status = LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx);
+  if (status != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR, 0x00000000U);
+
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR, (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
+    /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
+
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR,     0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBSSR, 0x00000000U);
+
+#if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx)
+#else /* #if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) */
+    /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAMPCR, 0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Reset Option register */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, OR, 0x00000000U);
+#endif /* #if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) */
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+  *         in RTC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+  * @note   The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+  *         initialization mode only.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Set Hour Format */
+    LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
+
+    /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
+    LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
+    LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat      = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
+  RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+  RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler  = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current time.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                        the time configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
+                         RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+    }
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+    {
+      status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+  RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current date.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                         the date configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
+  {
+    RTC_DateStruct->Month = (uint8_t)(((uint32_t) RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU);
+  }
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
+  }
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+    }
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+    {
+      status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
+  * @param  RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+  /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
+  RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Day     = 1U;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Month   = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Year    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC Alarm A.
+  * @note   The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+  *         is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
+  *          - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Select weekday selection */
+  if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+  {
+    /* Set the date for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the week day for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
+                           RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+  }
+  /* Set ALARM mask */
+  LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC Alarm B.
+  * @note   The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+  *         is disabled (@ref LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable function).
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
+  *          - ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Select weekday selection */
+  if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+  {
+    /* Set the date for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the week day for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
+                           RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+  }
+  /* Set ALARM mask */
+  LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+  *         Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds    = 0U;
+
+  /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay    = 1U;
+
+  /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask =  all fields are not masked */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask           = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+  *         Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds    = 0U;
+
+  /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay    = 1U;
+
+  /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask =  all fields are not masked */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask           = LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+  if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Set the Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout --;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+  *         counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+  *         synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+  * @note   The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @note   To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+  *         initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+  *         the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+  *         The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+  *         the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+  *         correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Clear RSF flag */
+  LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
+
+  /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+  tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+  while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
+  {
+    if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    if (timeout == 0U)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (status != ERROR)
+  {
+    timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout--;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(RTC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

modules/FC/fw/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SPI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_spi.h"
+#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3)
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK                 (SPI_CR1_CPHA    | SPI_CR1_CPOL     | SPI_CR1_MSTR   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BR      | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI    | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_SSM     | SPI_CR1_RXONLY   | SPI_CR1_CRCL   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN    | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX)       \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX)     \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT)     \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT)          \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2)      \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4)   \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8)   \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
+                                             || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+#if defined(SPI1)
+  if (SPIx == SPI1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI1 */
+#if defined(SPI2)
+  if (SPIx == SPI2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI2 */
+#if defined(SPI3)
+  if (SPIx == SPI3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI3 */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+  /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
+
+  if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
+     * - TransferDirection:  SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
+     * - Master/Slave Mode:  SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
+     * - ClockPolarity:      SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
+     * - ClockPhase:         SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
+     * - NSS management:     SPI_CR1_SSM bit
+     * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
+     * - BitOrder:           SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
+     * - CRCCalculation:     SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
+               SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
+               SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
+               SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
+               SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
+               SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          DS[3:0] bits
+     * - NSS management:     SSOE bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
+               SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
+               SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
+
+    /* Set Rx FIFO to Quarter (1 Byte) in case of 8 Bits mode. No DataPacking by default */
+    if (SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth < LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)
+    {
+      LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold(SPIx, LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER);
+    }
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
+     * - CRCPoly:            CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
+     */
+    if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
+      LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
+    }
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
+  SPI_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth         = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->NSS               = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate          = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder          = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation    = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly           = 7U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+